Question: What type of trains do Direct Rail Services' Class 20/3s and Class 37s work on?

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 20
British Rail Class 20
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Overview
Operation
British Rail
After privatisation
Sub-classes
Liveries
British Rail
Privatisation
Accidents and incidents
In popular culture
Preservation
Model railways
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 The fleet of Class 20/3s owned by Direct Rail Services (DRS) has at times seen frequent work across Britain in pairs (or with Class 37s) on nuclear flask trains, the company's speciality. DRS supplies class 20s for use with the Rail Head Treatment Train in winter. Perhaps the most unusual train hauled by a Class 20 was the Kosovo Train for Life charter train in autumn 1999 which carried 800 tonnes of aid. Leaving London's Kensington Olympia station on 17 September 1999, the train was hauled by 20 901, 20 902 and 20 903 throughout, reaching Prague by 20 September and arriving at Pristina station at 10:00 on 25 September. DRS initially had a fleet of 15 operational Class 20/3 locomotives. Three of these have subsequently been disposed of for scrap, after stripping for spares; a further two have been sold on to Harry Needle Railroad Company (HNRC). Following the end of the 2019 Sandite season (Rail Head Treatment Trains), all of the remaining DRS Class 20/3 fleet were stood down, awaiting disposal. In 2005 HNRC acquired a large number of 20/0s and 20/9s from the stored DRS fleet. By May 2008 HNRC had eight operational Class 20s and sixteen in storage;

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 20
British Rail Class 20
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Overview
Operation
British Rail
After privatisation
Sub-classes
Liveries
British Rail
Privatisation
Accidents and incidents
In popular culture
Preservation
Model railways
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links

The fleet of Class 20/3s owned by Direct Rail Services (DRS) has at times seen frequent work across Britain in pairs (or with Class 37s) on nuclear flask trains, the company's speciality. DRS supplies class 20s for use with the Rail Head Treatment Train in winter. Perhaps the most unusual train hauled by a Class 20 was the Kosovo Train for Life charter train in autumn 1999 which carried 800 tonnes of aid. Leaving London's Kensington Olympia station on 17 September 1999, the train was hauled by 20 901, 20 902 and 20 903 throughout, reaching Prague by 20 September and arriving at Pristina station at 10:00 on 25 September. DRS initially had a fleet of 15 operational Class 20/3 locomotives. Three of these have subsequently been disposed of for scrap, after stripping for spares; a further two have been sold on to Harry Needle Railroad Company (HNRC). Following the end of the 2019 Sandite season (Rail Head Treatment Trains), all of the remaining DRS Class 20/3 fleet were stood down, awaiting disposal. In 2005 HNRC acquired a large number of 20/0s and 20/9s from the stored DRS fleet. By May 2008 HNRC had eight operational Class 20s and sixteen in storage;

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 20
British Rail Class 20
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Overview
Operation
British Rail
After privatisation
Sub-classes
Liveries
British Rail
Privatisation
Accidents and incidents
In popular culture
Preservation
Model railways
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 With the subsequent order for a further 100 Class 20 locos, deliveries recommenced with D8128 in January 1966. Tests in 1967 using D8179 and D8317 resulted in locos from D8316 being delivered from the manufacturer with the new electronic control system for working merry-go-round (MGR) coal trains. Trains to Longannet Power Station sometimes required locos to triple-head trains. After privatisation
Some Class 20s were used on the construction of the Channel Tunnel and High Speed 1 and some even made their way to France to work for the Compagnie des chemins de Fer Départementaux (CFD) in industry there, although these have since been repatriated. Some locos have in the past been hired by Hunslet-Barclay to provide motive power for weedkilling trains. The fleet of Class 20/3s owned by Direct Rail Services (DRS) has at times seen frequent work across Britain in pairs (or with Class 37s) on nuclear flask trains, the company's speciality. DRS supplies class 20s for use with the Rail Head Treatment Train in winter. Perhaps the most unusual train hauled by a Class 20 was the Kosovo Train for Life charter train in autumn 1999 which carried 800 tonnes of aid. Leaving London's Kensington Olympia station on 17 September 1999, the train was hauled by 20 901, 20 902 and 20 903 throughout, reaching Prague by 20 September and arriving at Pristina station at 10:00 on 25 September. DRS initially had a fleet of 15 operational Class 20/3 locomotives.

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia

With the subsequent order for a further 100 Class 20 locos, deliveries recommenced with D8128 in January 1966. Tests in 1967 using D8179 and D8317 resulted in locos from D8316 being delivered from the manufacturer with the new electronic control system for working merry-go-round (MGR) coal trains. Trains to Longannet Power Station sometimes required locos to triple-head trains. After privatisation
Some Class 20s were used on the construction of the Channel Tunnel and High Speed 1 and some even made their way to France to work for the Compagnie des chemins de Fer Départementaux (CFD) in industry there, although these have since been repatriated. Some locos have in the past been hired by Hunslet-Barclay to provide motive power for weedkilling trains. The fleet of Class 20/3s owned by Direct Rail Services (DRS) has at times seen frequent work across Britain in pairs (or with Class 37s) on nuclear flask trains, the company's speciality. DRS supplies class 20s for use with the Rail Head Treatment Train in winter. Perhaps the most unusual train hauled by a Class 20 was the Kosovo Train for Life charter train in autumn 1999 which carried 800 tonnes of aid. Leaving London's Kensington Olympia station on 17 September 1999, the train was hauled by 20 901, 20 902 and 20 903 throughout, reaching Prague by 20 September and arriving at Pristina station at 10:00 on 25 September. DRS initially had a fleet of 15 operational Class 20/3 locomotives.

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 20
British Rail Class 20
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Overview
Operation
British Rail
After privatisation
Sub-classes
Liveries
British Rail
Privatisation
Accidents and incidents
In popular culture
Preservation
Model railways
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 EE 526/5D
Remainder: EE 526/8D
Cylinder size
10 in (250 mm)
Transmission
Diesel electric
Gear ratio
63:17
MU working
★ Blue Star
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Vacuum, Dual or Air
Performance figures
Maximum speed
75 mph (121 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 1,000 hp (746 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 42,000 lbf (186.8 kN)
Continuous: 25,000 lbf (111.2 kN )@ 11 mph (17.7 km/h)
Brakeforce
35 long tons-force (349 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
Railfreight
Eurostar
Direct Rail Services
HNRC
Numbers
D8000–D8199, D8300–D8327; later 20 001–20 228
Nicknames
Chopper
Axle load class
Route availability 5
Withdrawn
1976–present
Disposition
6 in service, 22 preserved, remainder scrapped or in storage. The British Rail (BR) Class 20, otherwise known as an English Electric Type 1, is a class of diesel-electric locomotive. In total, 228 locomotives in the class were built by English Electric between 1957 and 1968, the large number being in part because of the failure of other early designs in the same power range to provide reliable locomotives. The locomotives were originally numbered D8000–D8199 and D8300–D8327. They are known by railway enthusiasts as "Choppers".

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia

EE 526/5D
Remainder: EE 526/8D
Cylinder size
10 in (250 mm)
Transmission
Diesel electric
Gear ratio
63:17
MU working
★ Blue Star
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Vacuum, Dual or Air
Performance figures
Maximum speed
75 mph (121 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 1,000 hp (746 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 42,000 lbf (186.8 kN)
Continuous: 25,000 lbf (111.2 kN )@ 11 mph (17.7 km/h)
Brakeforce
35 long tons-force (349 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
Railfreight
Eurostar
Direct Rail Services
HNRC
Numbers
D8000–D8199, D8300–D8327; later 20 001–20 228
Nicknames
Chopper
Axle load class
Route availability 5
Withdrawn
1976–present
Disposition
6 in service, 22 preserved, remainder scrapped or in storage. The British Rail (BR) Class 20, otherwise known as an English Electric Type 1, is a class of diesel-electric locomotive. In total, 228 locomotives in the class were built by English Electric between 1957 and 1968, the large number being in part because of the failure of other early designs in the same power range to provide reliable locomotives. The locomotives were originally numbered D8000–D8199 and D8300–D8327. They are known by railway enthusiasts as "Choppers".

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 20
British Rail Class 20
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Overview
Operation
British Rail
After privatisation
Sub-classes
Liveries
British Rail
Privatisation
Accidents and incidents
In popular culture
Preservation
Model railways
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 Unusually for British designs, the locomotive had a single cab. This caused serious problems with visibility when travelling nose first, though in these circumstances the driver's view is comparable to that on the steam locomotives that the Class 20s replaced. It was common however to find Class 20s paired together at the nose, with their cabs at opposite ends, ensuring that the driver could quite clearly see the road ahead. Two Class 20s, coupled nose to nose, hauling a freight train in 1986
The Class 20 saw only limited service on passenger trains. A small number were fitted with a through pipe for steam heating, primarily for use in conjunction with a Class 27 locomotive on the West Highland Line. Otherwise their use was limited to summer relief services, particularly to Skegness often under the adopted title of The Jolly Fisherman starting from various places including Burton-on-Trent, Stoke-on-Trent, Derby and Leicester. Also occasionally other holiday resorts on the east coast of England, occasional duties as a pilot, and short distance diversions of electric-hauled trains over non-electrified lines. The shift of light mixed freight to the road network left British Rail with an oversupply of small locomotives. The Class 20s, however, could work in multiple and so handle heavier traffic. Most spent the majority of their working lives coupled nose to nose in pairs to provide a more useful 2,000 hp (1,500 kW) unit and to solve the visibility problems.

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia

Unusually for British designs, the locomotive had a single cab. This caused serious problems with visibility when travelling nose first, though in these circumstances the driver's view is comparable to that on the steam locomotives that the Class 20s replaced. It was common however to find Class 20s paired together at the nose, with their cabs at opposite ends, ensuring that the driver could quite clearly see the road ahead. Two Class 20s, coupled nose to nose, hauling a freight train in 1986
The Class 20 saw only limited service on passenger trains. A small number were fitted with a through pipe for steam heating, primarily for use in conjunction with a Class 27 locomotive on the West Highland Line. Otherwise their use was limited to summer relief services, particularly to Skegness often under the adopted title of The Jolly Fisherman starting from various places including Burton-on-Trent, Stoke-on-Trent, Derby and Leicester. Also occasionally other holiday resorts on the east coast of England, occasional duties as a pilot, and short distance diversions of electric-hauled trains over non-electrified lines. The shift of light mixed freight to the road network left British Rail with an oversupply of small locomotives. The Class 20s, however, could work in multiple and so handle heavier traffic. Most spent the majority of their working lives coupled nose to nose in pairs to provide a more useful 2,000 hp (1,500 kW) unit and to solve the visibility problems.

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 20
British Rail Class 20
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Overview
Operation
British Rail
After privatisation
Sub-classes
Liveries
British Rail
Privatisation
Accidents and incidents
In popular culture
Preservation
Model railways
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 later 20 001–20 228
Nicknames
Chopper
Axle load class
Route availability 5
Withdrawn
1976–present
Disposition
6 in service, 22 preserved, remainder scrapped or in storage. The British Rail (BR) Class 20, otherwise known as an English Electric Type 1, is a class of diesel-electric locomotive. In total, 228 locomotives in the class were built by English Electric between 1957 and 1968, the large number being in part because of the failure of other early designs in the same power range to provide reliable locomotives. The locomotives were originally numbered D8000–D8199 and D8300–D8327. They are known by railway enthusiasts as "Choppers". Contents
1 Overview
2 Operation
2.1 British Rail
2.2 After privatisation
3 Sub-classes
4 Liveries
4.1 British Rail
4.2 Privatisation
5 Accidents and incidents
6 In popular culture
7 Preservation
8 Model railways
9 Notes
10 References
10.1 Sources
11 Further reading
12 External links
Overview
Designed around relatively basic technology, the 73-tonne locomotives produce 1,000 horsepower (750 kW) and can operate at up to 75 mph (121 km/h). Designed to work light mixed freight traffic, they have no train heating facilities. Locomotives up to D8127 were fitted with disc indicators in the style of the steam era; when headcodes were introduced in 1960 the locomotive’s design was changed to incorporate headcode boxes. Although older locomotives were not retro-fitted with headcode boxes, a few of the earlier batch acquired headcode boxes as a result of repairs.

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia

later 20 001–20 228
Nicknames
Chopper
Axle load class
Route availability 5
Withdrawn
1976–present
Disposition
6 in service, 22 preserved, remainder scrapped or in storage. The British Rail (BR) Class 20, otherwise known as an English Electric Type 1, is a class of diesel-electric locomotive. In total, 228 locomotives in the class were built by English Electric between 1957 and 1968, the large number being in part because of the failure of other early designs in the same power range to provide reliable locomotives. The locomotives were originally numbered D8000–D8199 and D8300–D8327. They are known by railway enthusiasts as "Choppers". Contents
1 Overview
2 Operation
2.1 British Rail
2.2 After privatisation
3 Sub-classes
4 Liveries
4.1 British Rail
4.2 Privatisation
5 Accidents and incidents
6 In popular culture
7 Preservation
8 Model railways
9 Notes
10 References
10.1 Sources
11 Further reading
12 External links
Overview
Designed around relatively basic technology, the 73-tonne locomotives produce 1,000 horsepower (750 kW) and can operate at up to 75 mph (121 km/h). Designed to work light mixed freight traffic, they have no train heating facilities. Locomotives up to D8127 were fitted with disc indicators in the style of the steam era; when headcodes were introduced in 1960 the locomotive’s design was changed to incorporate headcode boxes. Although older locomotives were not retro-fitted with headcode boxes, a few of the earlier batch acquired headcode boxes as a result of repairs.

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 20
British Rail Class 20
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Overview
Operation
British Rail
After privatisation
Sub-classes
Liveries
British Rail
Privatisation
Accidents and incidents
In popular culture
Preservation
Model railways
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 Contents
1 Overview
2 Operation
2.1 British Rail
2.2 After privatisation
3 Sub-classes
4 Liveries
4.1 British Rail
4.2 Privatisation
5 Accidents and incidents
6 In popular culture
7 Preservation
8 Model railways
9 Notes
10 References
10.1 Sources
11 Further reading
12 External links
Overview
Designed around relatively basic technology, the 73-tonne locomotives produce 1,000 horsepower (750 kW) and can operate at up to 75 mph (121 km/h). Designed to work light mixed freight traffic, they have no train heating facilities. Locomotives up to D8127 were fitted with disc indicators in the style of the steam era; when headcodes were introduced in 1960 the locomotive’s design was changed to incorporate headcode boxes. Although older locomotives were not retro-fitted with headcode boxes, a few of the earlier batch acquired headcode boxes as a result of repairs. Unusually for British designs, the locomotive had a single cab. This caused serious problems with visibility when travelling nose first, though in these circumstances the driver's view is comparable to that on the steam locomotives that the Class 20s replaced. It was common however to find Class 20s paired together at the nose, with their cabs at opposite ends, ensuring that the driver could quite clearly see the road ahead. Two Class 20s, coupled nose to nose, hauling a freight train in 1986
The Class 20 saw only limited service on passenger trains. A small number were fitted with a through pipe for steam heating, primarily for use in conjunction with a Class 27 locomotive on the West Highland Line.

British Rail Class 20 - Wikipedia

Contents
1 Overview
2 Operation
2.1 British Rail
2.2 After privatisation
3 Sub-classes
4 Liveries
4.1 British Rail
4.2 Privatisation
5 Accidents and incidents
6 In popular culture
7 Preservation
8 Model railways
9 Notes
10 References
10.1 Sources
11 Further reading
12 External links
Overview
Designed around relatively basic technology, the 73-tonne locomotives produce 1,000 horsepower (750 kW) and can operate at up to 75 mph (121 km/h). Designed to work light mixed freight traffic, they have no train heating facilities. Locomotives up to D8127 were fitted with disc indicators in the style of the steam era; when headcodes were introduced in 1960 the locomotive’s design was changed to incorporate headcode boxes. Although older locomotives were not retro-fitted with headcode boxes, a few of the earlier batch acquired headcode boxes as a result of repairs. Unusually for British designs, the locomotive had a single cab. This caused serious problems with visibility when travelling nose first, though in these circumstances the driver's view is comparable to that on the steam locomotives that the Class 20s replaced. It was common however to find Class 20s paired together at the nose, with their cabs at opposite ends, ensuring that the driver could quite clearly see the road ahead. Two Class 20s, coupled nose to nose, hauling a freight train in 1986
The Class 20 saw only limited service on passenger trains. A small number were fitted with a through pipe for steam heating, primarily for use in conjunction with a Class 27 locomotive on the West Highland Line.

British Rail Class 93 (Stadler) - Wikipedia British Rail Class 93 (Stadler)
British Rail Class 93 (Stadler)
Contents
Development
Specification
Fleet details
See also
References
 British Rail Class 93 (Stadler) - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 93 (Stadler)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
British railway locomotive
This article is about the Stadler tri-mode locomotives. For the planned electric locomotives intended as part of the InterCity 250 system, see British Rail Class 93 (InterCity 250). British Rail Class 93
Type and origin
Builder
Stadler Rail
Model
Stadler Euro Dual
Build date
Undefined
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Bo'Bo'
Gauge
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in) standard gauge
Electric system/s
25 kV 50 Hz
Lithium titanate oxide battery
Current pickup (s)
Pantograph
Prime mover
Caterpillar C32
Performance figures
Maximum speed
110 mph (180 km/h)
Power output
1,800 hp (1.3 MW) (hybrid)
5,438 hp (4.055 MW) (electric)
Career
Operators
Rail Operations Group
Numbers
93001–93030
Nicknames
Stadler
Delivered
January 2023 (scheduled)
Current owner
Rail Operations Group
Disposition
Under construction
The British Rail Class 93 is a tri-mode locomotive to be built by Stadler Rail in Valencia. They will be an evolution of the Class 88 bi-mode locomotives which were built by Stadler for Direct Rail Services. Three different power sources will be used to power the locomotive – 25kV AC overhead electric power, a diesel engine and lithium oxide batteries – allowing the locomotive to be used on both electrified and un-electrified lines. Rail Operations Group have ordered 30 locomotives, with the first deliveries scheduled for 2023. Contents
1 Development
2 Specification
3 Fleet details
4 See also
5 References
Development
Historically, the vast majority of freight trains on Britain's railways have used diesel propulsion since the 1960s. During the late 2010s, as part of wider efforts to pursue carbon neutral operations, the Department for Transport (DfT) stated its long term goal of eliminating diesel-only traction from Britain's railways by 2040, despite only 46.5 per cent of all lines being electrified. However, due a lack of government support for the rail freight sector, operators have traditionally faced difficulty in justifying sizable capital investments such as new locomotives, thus large numbers are between 25 and 50 years old as of 2020.

British Rail Class 93 (Stadler) - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 93 (Stadler)
British Rail Class 93 (Stadler)
Contents
Development
Specification
Fleet details
See also
References

Push–pull train - Wikipedia Push–pull train
Push–pull train
Contents
Train formation
Locomotive at one end
Two locomotives
Locomotive in the middle
Distributed power
History
Britain
Steam
Great Western Railway
Other railways
Electric and diesel
Driving van trailers (DVTs)
Ireland
North America
Israel
Australia
New Zealand
See also
References
Further reading
External links
 but some problems of delay in actuation were experienced. They were replaced in 1979 by a system in which a Driving Brake Standard Open (DBSO), converted from a Mark 2, could control the Class 47/7 locomotive via computerised time-division multiplex (TDM) signalling through the train lighting circuits. This had the added benefit that intermediate carriages needed no special equipment, and was found more satisfactory. Such trains became widely used on the intensive passenger service between Edinburgh Waverley and Glasgow Queen Street. When the push–pull sets were replaced by multiple units, the DBSOs were transferred to the Liverpool Street to Norwich service, where they were modified to work with Class 86 electric locomotives. The original system of using the Blue Star multiple working was later revived after privatisation as a way of allowing locomotive-hauled stock to replace multiple units on certain routes, thus increasing capacity without the complications of having to run around or drag a dead locomotive at the rear. It was used by First North Western and Wessex Trains with Class 31s, and by Abellio Greater Anglia, Arriva Trains Northern, Northern Rail and Northern with Class 37s all with Mark 2 carriages. The same system was also adopted by Network Rail for its track observation trains, although on many trains one locomotive has recently been replaced by a DBSO modified to work with Blue Star. Driving van trailers (DVTs)
A GNER Mark 4 Driving Van Trailer at Alnmouth in June 2005
Main article: Driving Van Trailer
In 1988, 52 Mark 3 Driving Van Trailers were built by British Rail Engineering Limited to allow it to replace life

Push–pull train - Wikipedia

Push–pull train
Push–pull train
Contents
Train formation
Locomotive at one end
Two locomotives
Locomotive in the middle
Distributed power
History
Britain
Steam
Great Western Railway
Other railways
Electric and diesel
Driving van trailers (DVTs)
Ireland
North America
Israel
Australia
New Zealand
See also
References
Further reading
External links

but some problems of delay in actuation were experienced. They were replaced in 1979 by a system in which a Driving Brake Standard Open (DBSO), converted from a Mark 2, could control the Class 47/7 locomotive via computerised time-division multiplex (TDM) signalling through the train lighting circuits. This had the added benefit that intermediate carriages needed no special equipment, and was found more satisfactory. Such trains became widely used on the intensive passenger service between Edinburgh Waverley and Glasgow Queen Street. When the push–pull sets were replaced by multiple units, the DBSOs were transferred to the Liverpool Street to Norwich service, where they were modified to work with Class 86 electric locomotives. The original system of using the Blue Star multiple working was later revived after privatisation as a way of allowing locomotive-hauled stock to replace multiple units on certain routes, thus increasing capacity without the complications of having to run around or drag a dead locomotive at the rear. It was used by First North Western and Wessex Trains with Class 31s, and by Abellio Greater Anglia, Arriva Trains Northern, Northern Rail and Northern with Class 37s all with Mark 2 carriages. The same system was also adopted by Network Rail for its track observation trains, although on many trains one locomotive has recently been replaced by a DBSO modified to work with Blue Star. Driving van trailers (DVTs)
A GNER Mark 4 Driving Van Trailer at Alnmouth in June 2005
Main article: Driving Van Trailer
In 1988, 52 Mark 3 Driving Van Trailers were built by British Rail Engineering Limited to allow it to replace life

British Rail Class 66 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 66
British Rail Class 66
Contents
History
Background
Order and specification
United Kingdom
Continental Europe
UK importation
Emission compliance
Current operators
Colas Rail
DB Cargo UK
Direct Rail Services
Freightliner
GB Railfreight
Former operators
Advenza Freight
Fastline
Sub-classes
Names
Poor working environment
Accidents
Models
See also
References and sources
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 12N-710G3B-T2
Remainder: 12N-710G3B-EC
RPM range
200–904
Displacement
710 in 3 (11,600 cm 3) per cylinder
Alternator
EMD AR8
Traction motors
6× EMD D43-TR
Cylinders
12
MU working
AAR system (Classes 59, 66, 67, 69 and 73/9)
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Westinghouse PBL Air
Performance figures
Maximum speed
Class 66/6: 65 mph (105 km/h)
Remainder: 75 mph (121 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 3,300 bhp (2,460 kW)
at rail: 3,000 bhp (2,240 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 409 kN (91,900 lbf) at starting
Continuous: 260 kN (58,500 lbf) at 15.9 mph (25.6 km/h)
Brakeforce
68 tonnes (67 long tons; 75 short tons)
Career
Operators
Colas Rail
DB Cargo UK
Direct Rail Services
Freightliner
GB Railfreight
Numbers
66001–66250
66301–66305
66411–66434
66501–66599
66601–66625
66701–66792
66846–66850
66951–66957
Nicknames
'Shed'
Axle load class
Route availability 7
The Class 66 is a type of six-axle diesel-electric freight locomotive developed in part from the Class 59, for use on the railways of the UK. Since its introduction the class has been successful and has been sold to British and other European railway companies.

British Rail Class 66 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 66
British Rail Class 66
Contents
History
Background
Order and specification
United Kingdom
Continental Europe
UK importation
Emission compliance
Current operators
Colas Rail
DB Cargo UK
Direct Rail Services
Freightliner
GB Railfreight
Former operators
Advenza Freight
Fastline
Sub-classes
Names
Poor working environment
Accidents
Models
See also
References and sources
References
Sources
Further reading
External links

12N-710G3B-T2
Remainder: 12N-710G3B-EC
RPM range
200–904
Displacement
710 in 3 (11,600 cm 3) per cylinder
Alternator
EMD AR8
Traction motors
6× EMD D43-TR
Cylinders
12
MU working
AAR system (Classes 59, 66, 67, 69 and 73/9)
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Westinghouse PBL Air
Performance figures
Maximum speed
Class 66/6: 65 mph (105 km/h)
Remainder: 75 mph (121 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 3,300 bhp (2,460 kW)
at rail: 3,000 bhp (2,240 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 409 kN (91,900 lbf) at starting
Continuous: 260 kN (58,500 lbf) at 15.9 mph (25.6 km/h)
Brakeforce
68 tonnes (67 long tons; 75 short tons)
Career
Operators
Colas Rail
DB Cargo UK
Direct Rail Services
Freightliner
GB Railfreight
Numbers
66001–66250
66301–66305
66411–66434
66501–66599
66601–66625
66701–66792
66846–66850
66951–66957
Nicknames
'Shed'
Axle load class
Route availability 7
The Class 66 is a type of six-axle diesel-electric freight locomotive developed in part from the Class 59, for use on the railways of the UK. Since its introduction the class has been successful and has been sold to British and other European railway companies.

British Rail Class 33 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 33
British Rail Class 33
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Background
Design
Electric Train Heating (ETH)
New-build locomotives
Class 33/0 – standard locomotives
Class 33/2 – narrow-bodied locomotives
Early years
Push-pull operations
Conversions – Class 33/1 – push-pull fitted locomotives
Tramway safety
Accidents and incidents
83301
Preservation
Model railways
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 83 short tons)
Class 33/1 – 77.6 long tons (79 t; 87 short tons)
Class 33/2 – 74.4 long tons (76 t; 83 short tons)
Fuel capacity
800 imp gal (3,600 l; 960 US gal)
Prime mover
Sulzer 8LDA28
Generator
DC generator
Traction motors
DC traction motors
Transmission
Diesel electric
MU working
★ Blue Star,
33/1 SR MU System
Train heating
Electric Train Heat
Train brakes
Dual ( Air & Vacuum)
Performance figures
Maximum speed
85 mph (137 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 1,550 bhp (1,156 kW)
At rail: 1,215 hp (906 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 45,000 lbf (200 kN)
Continuous: 26,000 lbf (116 kN)
Brakeforce
35 long tons-force (349 kN)
Career
Operators
Former
British Rail ( Southern and Eastern Regions)
Direct Rail Services
English, Welsh & Scottish
Fragonset Railways
Current
West Coast Railways
Various British heritage railways
Class
D15/1, D15/2; 15/6, 15/6A; Class 33, Class 34 (reserved, not used), Class 83/3
Numbers
D6500–D6597;

British Rail Class 33 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 33
British Rail Class 33
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Background
Design
Electric Train Heating (ETH)
New-build locomotives
Class 33/0 – standard locomotives
Class 33/2 – narrow-bodied locomotives
Early years
Push-pull operations
Conversions – Class 33/1 – push-pull fitted locomotives
Tramway safety
Accidents and incidents
83301
Preservation
Model railways
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links

83 short tons)
Class 33/1 – 77.6 long tons (79 t; 87 short tons)
Class 33/2 – 74.4 long tons (76 t; 83 short tons)
Fuel capacity
800 imp gal (3,600 l; 960 US gal)
Prime mover
Sulzer 8LDA28
Generator
DC generator
Traction motors
DC traction motors
Transmission
Diesel electric
MU working
★ Blue Star,
33/1 SR MU System
Train heating
Electric Train Heat
Train brakes
Dual ( Air & Vacuum)
Performance figures
Maximum speed
85 mph (137 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 1,550 bhp (1,156 kW)
At rail: 1,215 hp (906 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 45,000 lbf (200 kN)
Continuous: 26,000 lbf (116 kN)
Brakeforce
35 long tons-force (349 kN)
Career
Operators
Former
British Rail ( Southern and Eastern Regions)
Direct Rail Services
English, Welsh & Scottish
Fragonset Railways
Current
West Coast Railways
Various British heritage railways
Class
D15/1, D15/2; 15/6, 15/6A; Class 33, Class 34 (reserved, not used), Class 83/3
Numbers
D6500–D6597;

Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Italy?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: Italy
What are my options for rail passes that cover Italy?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Italian trains?
What do rail passes cover in Italy?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Italy?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?
 Regional trains: Most trains that aren't on the main lines, such as connections to Assisi, as well as most Florence–Pisa–Cinque Terre service, don't require (or even offer) reservations. You can buy passholder seat reservations at train stations and major travel agencies, reserving several key trains in one visit. You can also book them through the Trenitalia app (look for the rate called "Global Pass," which works for the single-country Italy Eurail Pass, too). There is no deadline to reserve and no limit to the number of seats allocated to rail-pass holders on the Italian State Railway. What do rail passes cover in Italy? Aside from the extra reservation fees required for certain classes of train (see above), Eurail passes cover all travel on trains run by the Italian State Railway ( Ferrovie dello Stato Italiano ). Rail passes do not, however, cover most of Italy's privately run trains, such as these biggies: Thello: Thello operates the only direct night train between France (Paris or Dijon) and Italy (stops include Milan, Verona, and Venice);

Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves

Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Italy?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: Italy
What are my options for rail passes that cover Italy?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Italian trains?
What do rail passes cover in Italy?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Italy?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?

Regional trains: Most trains that aren't on the main lines, such as connections to Assisi, as well as most Florence–Pisa–Cinque Terre service, don't require (or even offer) reservations. You can buy passholder seat reservations at train stations and major travel agencies, reserving several key trains in one visit. You can also book them through the Trenitalia app (look for the rate called "Global Pass," which works for the single-country Italy Eurail Pass, too). There is no deadline to reserve and no limit to the number of seats allocated to rail-pass holders on the Italian State Railway. What do rail passes cover in Italy? Aside from the extra reservation fees required for certain classes of train (see above), Eurail passes cover all travel on trains run by the Italian State Railway ( Ferrovie dello Stato Italiano ). Rail passes do not, however, cover most of Italy's privately run trains, such as these biggies: Thello: Thello operates the only direct night train between France (Paris or Dijon) and Italy (stops include Milan, Verona, and Venice);

France Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves France Rail Passes and Train Tips
France Rail Passes and Train Tips
Are rail passes a good value for France?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: France
What are my options for rail passes that cover France?
Do I need to make seat reservations on French trains?
What do rail passes cover in France?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in France?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?
 Eurostar trains across the English Channel between London and France (Paris, Lille, and Disneyland) accept Eurail Global Passes, but not the single-country France Pass. Reservations cost about $35 in Standard class or $45 in Standard Premier in addition to starting use of a rail pass travel day. Night trains within France are now rare. On those still running, four-passenger couchette compartments require a first-class ticket or rail pass, six-passenger couchettes accept second-class rail passes, and there are no private sleepers. ( Direct night trains to Italy, however, do not accept rail passes; see our advice on Paris–Italy trains .) Book your required-reservation train trips as soon as you can commit to a date and time; they're available starting 90 days in advance (sometimes even earlier). To check whether a given train requires reservations, check online train schedules. What do rail passes cover in France?

France Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves

France Rail Passes and Train Tips
France Rail Passes and Train Tips
Are rail passes a good value for France?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: France
What are my options for rail passes that cover France?
Do I need to make seat reservations on French trains?
What do rail passes cover in France?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in France?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?

Eurostar trains across the English Channel between London and France (Paris, Lille, and Disneyland) accept Eurail Global Passes, but not the single-country France Pass. Reservations cost about $35 in Standard class or $45 in Standard Premier in addition to starting use of a rail pass travel day. Night trains within France are now rare. On those still running, four-passenger couchette compartments require a first-class ticket or rail pass, six-passenger couchettes accept second-class rail passes, and there are no private sleepers. ( Direct night trains to Italy, however, do not accept rail passes; see our advice on Paris–Italy trains .) Book your required-reservation train trips as soon as you can commit to a date and time; they're available starting 90 days in advance (sometimes even earlier). To check whether a given train requires reservations, check online train schedules. What do rail passes cover in France?

British Rail Class 29 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 29
British Rail Class 29
Contents
Background
Withdrawal
Numbering
Model railways
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 British Rail Class 29 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 29
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
British Railways Class 29
D6121 in BR green livery with white stripe and large yellow warning panel and headcode at Inverness MPD, August 1968
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
North British Locomotive Co.
Build date
1958–1960 (original class 21)
Rebuilder
Paxman
Rebuild date
Rebuilt: 1963, 1965–1967
Number rebuilt
20
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Bo'Bo'
• Commonwealth
Bo-Bo
Gauge
4 ft 8 1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm) standard gauge
Wheel diameter
3 ft 7 in (1.092 m)
Minimum curve
3.5 chains (231.00 ft; 70.41 m)
Wheelbase
37 ft 0 in (11.28 m)
Length
51 ft 6 in (15.70 m)
Width
8 ft 8 in (2.64 m)
Height
12 ft 8 in (3.86 m)
Loco weight
73 long tons (74.2 t; 81.8 short tons)
Fuel capacity
460 imp gal (2,100 l; 550 US gal)
Prime mover
Paxman Ventura
Engine type
V12 diesel
Generator
DC generator
Traction motors
4 GEC DC motors
Transmission
Diesel electric
MU working
● Red Circle
Train heating
Steam
Train brakes
Vacuum
Performance figures
Maximum speed
80 mph (130 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 1,350 hp (1,010 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 45,000 lbf (200 kN)
Brakeforce
50 long tons-force (498 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
Numbers
D6100–03/06–08/12–14/16/19, D6121/23/24/29/30/32/33/37
Axle load class
Route availability 6 (RA 5 from 1969)
Retired
1969–1971
Disposition
All scrapped
The British Rail Class 29 were a class of 20 diesel-electric Bo-Bo locomotives produced by the re-engining of the NBL Type 2 units. The units were designed for both passenger and freight trains. Contents
1 Background
2 Withdrawal
3 Numbering
4 Model railways
5 References
6 Sources
7 Further reading
8 External links
Background
The machines were produced from 1963 onwards from the North British Type 2 (later Class 21 under TOPS) by replacing the original unreliable licence-built MAN of the Class 21s with Paxman Ventura V12 engine at Paxman's Colchester works.

British Rail Class 29 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 29
British Rail Class 29
Contents
Background
Withdrawal
Numbering
Model railways
References
Sources
Further reading
External links

British Rail Class 29 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 29
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
British Railways Class 29
D6121 in BR green livery with white stripe and large yellow warning panel and headcode at Inverness MPD, August 1968
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
North British Locomotive Co.
Build date
1958–1960 (original class 21)
Rebuilder
Paxman
Rebuild date
Rebuilt: 1963, 1965–1967
Number rebuilt
20
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Bo'Bo'
• Commonwealth
Bo-Bo
Gauge
4 ft 8 1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm) standard gauge
Wheel diameter
3 ft 7 in (1.092 m)
Minimum curve
3.5 chains (231.00 ft; 70.41 m)
Wheelbase
37 ft 0 in (11.28 m)
Length
51 ft 6 in (15.70 m)
Width
8 ft 8 in (2.64 m)
Height
12 ft 8 in (3.86 m)
Loco weight
73 long tons (74.2 t; 81.8 short tons)
Fuel capacity
460 imp gal (2,100 l; 550 US gal)
Prime mover
Paxman Ventura
Engine type
V12 diesel
Generator
DC generator
Traction motors
4 GEC DC motors
Transmission
Diesel electric
MU working
● Red Circle
Train heating
Steam
Train brakes
Vacuum
Performance figures
Maximum speed
80 mph (130 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 1,350 hp (1,010 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 45,000 lbf (200 kN)
Brakeforce
50 long tons-force (498 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
Numbers
D6100–03/06–08/12–14/16/19, D6121/23/24/29/30/32/33/37
Axle load class
Route availability 6 (RA 5 from 1969)
Retired
1969–1971
Disposition
All scrapped
The British Rail Class 29 were a class of 20 diesel-electric Bo-Bo locomotives produced by the re-engining of the NBL Type 2 units. The units were designed for both passenger and freight trains. Contents
1 Background
2 Withdrawal
3 Numbering
4 Model railways
5 References
6 Sources
7 Further reading
8 External links
Background
The machines were produced from 1963 onwards from the North British Type 2 (later Class 21 under TOPS) by replacing the original unreliable licence-built MAN of the Class 21s with Paxman Ventura V12 engine at Paxman's Colchester works.

British Rail Class 70 (diesel) - Wikipedia British Rail Class 70 (diesel)
British Rail Class 70 (diesel)
Contents
Background and specification
Operations
Freightliner
Turkish demonstrator
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Fleet list
See also
Notes
References
External links
 British Rail Class 70 (diesel) - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 70 (diesel)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Class of diesel electric locomotives
This article is about the 2010s diesel locomotive. For the prototype electric locomotive produced by the Southern Railway in the 1940s, see British Rail Class 70 (electric). British Rail Class 70
Freightliner 70017 working a container train out of the Port of Felixstowe in June 2012
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
General Electric
Model
PH37ACmi
Build date
2008–2017
Total produced
37
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Co'Co'
• Commonwealth
Co-Co
Gauge
4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm) standard gauge
Wheel diameter
1,067 mm (42.0 in)
Length
21.710 m (71 ft 2.7 in)
Width
2.642 m (8 ft 8.0 in)
Height
3.917 m (12 ft 10.2 in)
Loco weight
129 t (127 long tons; 142 short tons) (empty) (135t full)
Fuel capacity
6,000 l (1,300 imp gal; 1,600 US gal)
Prime mover
GE PowerHaul P616
Alternator
GE GTA series
Traction motors
GE 5GEB30 axle hung
Train heating
None
Performance figures
Maximum speed
75 mph (121 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 2,750 kW (3,690 bhp)
Tractive effort
534 kN (120,000 lbf) ( starting)
Career
Operators
Freightliner
Colas Rail
Numbers
70001-70020
70801-70817
The British Rail Class 70 is a six-axle Co-Co mainline freight GE PowerHaul locomotive series manufactured by General Electric in Erie, Pennsylvania. They are operated in the United Kingdom by Freightliner and Colas Rail . Contents
1 Background and specification
2 Operations
2.1 Freightliner
2.2 Turkish demonstrator
2.3 Colas Rail
3 Accidents and incidents
4 Fleet list
5 See also
6 Notes
7 References
8 External links
Background and specification
Main article: GE PowerHaul
In November 2007, Freightliner announced Project Genesis (unrelated to GE's Genesis series built for Amtrak ), a procurement plan for 30 freight locomotives from General Electric (GE).

British Rail Class 70 (diesel) - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 70 (diesel)
British Rail Class 70 (diesel)
Contents
Background and specification
Operations
Freightliner
Turkish demonstrator
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Fleet list
See also
Notes
References
External links

British Rail Class 70 (diesel) - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 70 (diesel)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Class of diesel electric locomotives
This article is about the 2010s diesel locomotive. For the prototype electric locomotive produced by the Southern Railway in the 1940s, see British Rail Class 70 (electric). British Rail Class 70
Freightliner 70017 working a container train out of the Port of Felixstowe in June 2012
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
General Electric
Model
PH37ACmi
Build date
2008–2017
Total produced
37
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Co'Co'
• Commonwealth
Co-Co
Gauge
4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm) standard gauge
Wheel diameter
1,067 mm (42.0 in)
Length
21.710 m (71 ft 2.7 in)
Width
2.642 m (8 ft 8.0 in)
Height
3.917 m (12 ft 10.2 in)
Loco weight
129 t (127 long tons; 142 short tons) (empty) (135t full)
Fuel capacity
6,000 l (1,300 imp gal; 1,600 US gal)
Prime mover
GE PowerHaul P616
Alternator
GE GTA series
Traction motors
GE 5GEB30 axle hung
Train heating
None
Performance figures
Maximum speed
75 mph (121 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 2,750 kW (3,690 bhp)
Tractive effort
534 kN (120,000 lbf) ( starting)
Career
Operators
Freightliner
Colas Rail
Numbers
70001-70020
70801-70817
The British Rail Class 70 is a six-axle Co-Co mainline freight GE PowerHaul locomotive series manufactured by General Electric in Erie, Pennsylvania. They are operated in the United Kingdom by Freightliner and Colas Rail . Contents
1 Background and specification
2 Operations
2.1 Freightliner
2.2 Turkish demonstrator
2.3 Colas Rail
3 Accidents and incidents
4 Fleet list
5 See also
6 Notes
7 References
8 External links
Background and specification
Main article: GE PowerHaul
In November 2007, Freightliner announced Project Genesis (unrelated to GE's Genesis series built for Amtrak ), a procurement plan for 30 freight locomotives from General Electric (GE).

Warsaw to Łódź - 7 ways to travel via train, bus, rideshare, taxi, and car Warsaw to Łódź
How to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
There are 7 ways to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
Train • 1h 21m
Cheapest option
Rideshare • 1h 58m
Train via Dw. Zachodni 02 • 2h 8m
Train via Warszawa Gdanska • 2h 35m
Bus • 2h 46m
Taxi • 1h 19m
Drive • 1h 19m
Warsaw to Łódź by train
Warsaw to Łódź train schedules
Trains departing Saturday, May 29, 2021
Trains departing Sunday, May 30, 2021
Warsaw → Łódź
Travel safe during COVID-19
Rules to follow in Poland
Travel within Poland
COVID-19 help in Poland
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Warsaw, Poland and Łódź, Poland?
Want to know more about travelling around Poland
More Questions & Answers
Łódź, Poland
Things to do in Łódź
Places to stay in Łódź
Rome2rio makes travelling from Warsaw to Łódź easy.
Trips from Warsaw
Trips to Łódź
Popular routes
 The fastest train normally takes 1h 14m. Operated by PKP Intercity, Polregio and Łódzka Kolej Aglomeracyjna, the Warsaw to Łódź train service departs from Warszawa Centralna and arrives in Lodz Fabryczna. Typically 39 trains run weekly, although weekend and holiday schedules can vary so check in advance. The schedules shown below are for the next available departures. Warsaw to Łódź train schedules
Trains departing Saturday, May 29, 2021
PKP Intercity
14:46 Warsaw
1h 51m
16:37 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
17:07 Warsaw
1h 51m
18:58 Łódź
Stops
Direct
Łódzka Kolej Aglomeracyjna
17:40 Warsaw
1h 52m
19:32 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
20:50 Warsaw
1h 44m
22:34 Łódź
Stops
Direct
Łódzka Kolej Aglomeracyjna
21:29 Warsaw
1h 19m
22:48 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
23:15 Warsaw
1h 30m
00:45 Łódź
Stops
Direct
Trains departing Sunday, May 30, 2021
PKP Intercity
14:46 Warsaw
1h 51m
16:37 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
17:07 Warsaw
1h 51m
18:58 Łódź
Stops
Direct
Łódzka Kolej Aglomeracyjna
17:40 Warsaw
1h 52m
19:32 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
20:50 Warsaw
1h 44m
22:34 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
1st class compartment
Dariusz Sieczkowski
PKP Intercity
First class compartment intercity train
Dariusz Sieczkowski
PKP Intercity
PKP Intercity Pendolino
Global Rail news
Warsaw → Łódź
Fully open
Share
Save this link to stay updated on COVID-19 restrictions
Travel safe during COVID-19
Rules to follow in Poland
1.5m
Mandatory
Travel within Poland
Observe COVID-19 safety rules
COVID-19 help in Poland
If you need help, visit the national COVID-19 website or call the COVID-19 Helpline 800 190 590
Frequently Asked Questions
Am I allowed to travel from Warsaw to Łódź? Yes, travel within Poland is currently allowed. Explore travel options
What are the travel restrictions in Łódź? Domestic travel is not restricted, but some conditions may apply
Face masks are mandatory
There is a social distancing requirement of 1.5 metres
Observe COVID-19 safety rules
Explore travel options
What is the national COVID-19 helpline number in Łódź? The national COVID-19 helpline number in Łódź is 800 190 590. Do I have to wear a face mask on public transport in Łódź?

Warsaw to Łódź - 7 ways to travel via train, bus, rideshare, taxi, and car

Warsaw to Łódź
How to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
There are 7 ways to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
Train • 1h 21m
Cheapest option
Rideshare • 1h 58m
Train via Dw. Zachodni 02 • 2h 8m
Train via Warszawa Gdanska • 2h 35m
Bus • 2h 46m
Taxi • 1h 19m
Drive • 1h 19m
Warsaw to Łódź by train
Warsaw to Łódź train schedules
Trains departing Saturday, May 29, 2021
Trains departing Sunday, May 30, 2021
Warsaw → Łódź
Travel safe during COVID-19
Rules to follow in Poland
Travel within Poland
COVID-19 help in Poland
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Warsaw, Poland and Łódź, Poland?
Want to know more about travelling around Poland
More Questions & Answers
Łódź, Poland
Things to do in Łódź
Places to stay in Łódź
Rome2rio makes travelling from Warsaw to Łódź easy.
Trips from Warsaw
Trips to Łódź
Popular routes

West Coast Main Line - Wikipedia West Coast Main Line
West Coast Main Line
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Geography
History
Early history
LMS era
British Rail era
Modernisation by British Rail
Modernisation by Network Rail
Infrastructure
Track
Electrification
Rolling stock
Commuter/regional trains
High-speed trains
Sleeper trains
Future trains
Operators
Avanti West Coast
West Midlands Trains
TransPennine Express
Southern
London North Eastern Railway
CrossCountry
Abellio ScotRail
Caledonian Sleeper
Recent developments
Felixstowe and Nuneaton freight capacity scheme
Stafford Area Improvements Programme
Weaver Junction to Liverpool signalling
Proposed development
Increased line speed
Crossrail extension
Accidents
Route
London to Glasgow and Edinburgh
Branches and loops
Tunnels, viaducts and major bridges
WCML branches and junctions
See also
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 West Coast Main Line - Wikipedia
West Coast Main Line
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Railway route in Britain
For similarly named lines, see West Coast Line (disambiguation). West Coast Main Line
The WCML running alongside the M1 at Watford Gap
Overview
Status
Operational
Owner
Network Rail
Locale
Greater London
South East England
West Midlands
North West England
Scotland
Termini
London Euston
Glasgow Central
Stations
46
Service
Type
Commuter rail
Inter-city rail
High-speed rail
Heavy rail
System
National Rail
Operator (s)
Passenger: Avanti West Coast
Caledonian Sleeper
CrossCountry
Northern Trains
ScotRail
Southern
TransPennine Express
Transport for Wales Rail Limited
West Midlands Trains
Freight: DB Cargo UK
Direct Rail Services
Freightliner
GB Railfreight
Rolling stock
Class 37
Class 43 HST
Class 66
Class 67
Class 68
Class 86
Class 87
Class 90
Class 91
Class 92
Class 150 Sprinter
Class 153 Super Sprinter
Class 156 Super Sprinter
Class 175 Coradia
Class 185 Pennine
Class 220 Voyager
Class 221 Super Voyager
Class 318
Class 319
Class 320
Class 323
Class 331 Civity
Class 350 Desiro
Class 377 Electrostar
Class 380 Desiro
Class 390 Pendolino
History
Opened
1837–1869
Technical
Line length
399 mi (642 km)
Number of tracks
Double track
Quadruple track
Sextuple track
Track gauge
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in)
Loading gauge
W10
Electrification
25 kV 50 Hz AC OHLE
Operating speed
125 mph (201 km/h) for tilting trains
110 mph (177 km/h) for standard trains
Route map
( Click to expand – Interactive map)
West Coast Main Line
All WCML services & branches
v
t
e
Legend

Edinburgh Waverley ( St Andrew Sq.) Haymarket

Glasgow Central ( St Enoch)

Motherwell

Carstairs

Carstairs South Junction

Lockerbie

Scotland
England

Carlisle

Penrith

Oxenholme Lake District
for Windermere

Lancaster

Preston
for Blackpool North

Euxton Junction

Bolton

Wigan North Western

Warrington Bank Quay

Liverpool Lime Street

Liverpool South Parkway

Runcorn

Weaver Junction

Manchester Piccadilly

Stockport

Holyhead
for Dublin Ferry Port

Wales
England

Chester

Cheadle Hulme Junction

Crewe North Junction
North Wales Coast Line

Crewe

Macclesfield

Stoke-on-Trent

Stone Junction

Norton Bridge Junction

Stafford

Stafford South Junction

Colwich Junction

Wolverhampton

Lichfield Trent Valley
Cross-City Line

Birmingham New Street

Tamworth
Cross Country Route

Birmingham International

Nuneaton

Coventry

Rugby Trent Valley Junction

Rugby

Hillmorton Junction

Northampton

Hanslope Junction

Milton Keynes Central

Watford Junction

London Euston

All WCML routes shown. A detailed diagram of the core route can be
found at West Coast Main Line diagram. The West Coast Main Line ( WCML) is one of the most important railway corridors in the United Kingdom, connecting the major cities of London and Glasgow with branches to Birmingham, Liverpool, Manchester and Edinburgh. It is one of the busiest mixed-traffic railway routes in Europe, carrying a mixture of intercity rail, regional rail, commuter rail and rail freight traffic. The core route of the WCML runs from London to Glasgow for 399 miles (642 km) and was opened from 1837 to 1869. With additional lines deviating to Northampton, Birmingham, Manchester, Liverpool and Edinburgh, this totals a route mileage of 700 miles (1,127 km).

West Coast Main Line - Wikipedia

West Coast Main Line
West Coast Main Line
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Geography
History
Early history
LMS era
British Rail era
Modernisation by British Rail
Modernisation by Network Rail
Infrastructure
Track
Electrification
Rolling stock
Commuter/regional trains
High-speed trains
Sleeper trains
Future trains
Operators
Avanti West Coast
West Midlands Trains
TransPennine Express
Southern
London North Eastern Railway
CrossCountry
Abellio ScotRail
Caledonian Sleeper
Recent developments
Felixstowe and Nuneaton freight capacity scheme
Stafford Area Improvements Programme
Weaver Junction to Liverpool signalling
Proposed development
Increased line speed
Crossrail extension
Accidents
Route
London to Glasgow and Edinburgh
Branches and loops
Tunnels, viaducts and major bridges
WCML branches and junctions
See also
References
Sources
Further reading
External links

Pacer (British Rail) - Wikipedia Pacer (British Rail)
Pacer (British Rail)
Contents
Features
Background
Class 140
Class 141
Class 142
Class 143 and Class 144
Analysis
Replacements
CAF Civity
Vivarail D-Train
"144e Evolution"
Preservation
References
Further reading
 Pacer (British Rail) - Wikipedia
Pacer (British Rail)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
(Redirected from Pacer (train))
Jump to navigation Jump to search
5 classes of British diesel trains
Pacer
A Class 142 and Class 143 at Exeter St Davids in 2011
In service
1984– present (production units)
Family name
Pacer
Constructed
1980–1987
Number built
165 sets
Number in service
15 sets (National Rail)
Number scrapped
37 sets (142/143/144)
Operator (s)

Specifications
Coupling system
BSI
Track gauge
4 ft 8 1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm) standard gauge
Pacer is the operational name of the British Rail Classes 140, 141, 142, 143 and 144 diesel multiple unit railbuses, built between 1980 and 1987. The railbuses were intended as a short-term solution to a shortage of rolling stock, with a lifespan of no more than 20 years. All Pacer trains were scheduled to be retired by the end of 2019 as the Rail Vehicle Accessibility Regulations require that all public passenger trains must be accessible to disabled people by 2020 - however the Pacer units were given dispensation until the end of 2020. Only one Pacer (the modernised 144e) currently meets this requirement, and the remainder were therefore planned to be withdrawn by that date. Furthermore, a decision in 2015 by the Transport Secretary required that such railbuses be removed from service by 2020 for the then-new Northern franchise, stating that the "continued use of these uncomfortable and low-quality vehicles is not compatible with our vision for economic growth and prosperity in the north". At the start of 2020, 138 Pacer units were either still in service or storage with three National Rail operators: Northern Trains, Great Western Railway and Transport for Wales. Northern Trains retired its last Pacer unit on 27 November 2020, with Great Western Railway following in December 2020. Transport for Wales Rail Limited continue to operate their Class 143s in 2021. Contents
1 Features
2 Background
3 Class 140
4 Class 141
5 Class 142
6 Class 143 and Class 144
7 Analysis
8 Replacements
8.1 CAF Civity
8.2 Vivarail D-Train
8.3 "144e Evolution"
9 Preservation
10 References
11 Further reading
Features
Main article:

Pacer (British Rail) - Wikipedia

Pacer (British Rail)
Pacer (British Rail)
Contents
Features
Background
Class 140
Class 141
Class 142
Class 143 and Class 144
Analysis
Replacements
CAF Civity
Vivarail D-Train
"144e Evolution"
Preservation
References
Further reading

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 60
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
History
Design
Bodywork
Electrical
Prime mover
Engine dimensions
Current operators
DB Cargo UK
GB Railfreight
DCRail
Former operators
British Rail
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Naming and liveries
Scrapping
Fleet summary
Class list
Preservation
Models
Notes
References
Further reading
External links
 37 901-37 904. On 1 July 1989, less than 14 months following the order's announcement, the first locomotive departed Brush, having been formally handed over to British Rail in a ceremony held the day beforehand. It was initially dispatched to the Engineering Development Unit at Derby where it underwent testing, revealing the type to possess a number of teething problems. Specific areas that required redesign work included the control software, suspension system, and structural elements; reportedly, there were in excess of 100 individual faults ultimately identified, resulting in a threat of the order's cancellation being issued unless the outstanding problems were rectified. It would take two years before 60 001, the first member of the class, would be available for traffic. As a consequence of needing to make modifications, none of the Class 60s were used operationally until the following year. During late 1990, British Rail accepted the first pair of locomotives into revenue service. Initially, the Class 60s were divided amongst several sectors of British Rail; 42 locomotives were assigned to coal traffic, while 13 were tasked with construction trains, along with 17 locomotives for moving metal trains and a further 17 for petroleum movements.

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 60
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
History
Design
Bodywork
Electrical
Prime mover
Engine dimensions
Current operators
DB Cargo UK
GB Railfreight
DCRail
Former operators
British Rail
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Naming and liveries
Scrapping
Fleet summary
Class list
Preservation
Models
Notes
References
Further reading
External links

37 901-37 904. On 1 July 1989, less than 14 months following the order's announcement, the first locomotive departed Brush, having been formally handed over to British Rail in a ceremony held the day beforehand. It was initially dispatched to the Engineering Development Unit at Derby where it underwent testing, revealing the type to possess a number of teething problems. Specific areas that required redesign work included the control software, suspension system, and structural elements; reportedly, there were in excess of 100 individual faults ultimately identified, resulting in a threat of the order's cancellation being issued unless the outstanding problems were rectified. It would take two years before 60 001, the first member of the class, would be available for traffic. As a consequence of needing to make modifications, none of the Class 60s were used operationally until the following year. During late 1990, British Rail accepted the first pair of locomotives into revenue service. Initially, the Class 60s were divided amongst several sectors of British Rail; 42 locomotives were assigned to coal traffic, while 13 were tasked with construction trains, along with 17 locomotives for moving metal trains and a further 17 for petroleum movements.

Llanfairpwll railway station - Wikipedia Llanfairpwll railway station
Llanfairpwll railway station
Llanfairpwll
Contents
History
Facilities
Services
Coronavirus
Gallery
See also
References
Further reading
External links
 On Sundays, services are reduced to 6 towards Holyhead and 7 towards Chester. The station has very short platforms, only 40 yards (37 m) long. As a result, only one door on Transport for Wales intercity services is unlocked by the conductor/guard for passengers (Except for the BR classes 150/2 and 153 which occasionally visits Holyhead). Passengers who want to board or leave the train have to let the driver or guard know, because it is a Request stop. Preceding station

National Rail

Following station
Bangor

Transport for Wales Rail
North Wales Coast Line

Bodorgan
Coronavirus
Since 6th July 2020, trains have not called at the station; Transport for Wales states that during the 2019-20 coronavirus pandemic the short platform and the inability to maintain social distancing between passengers and the guard when opening the train door is the reason. Trains stopped at the platform, with Class 153, 150/2, 158/8 and 175 serving the station many times before the closure. People is to be seen complaining on Transport for Wales' social media with the decision, and letters and emails sent to the Local councillors and Members of the Senedd Rhun ap Iorwerth MS, with a petition created on the Welsh Parliament website to support the frustration. Passengers were left with no choice but to travel to Bangor Railway Station by bus or taxi, which is 5 miles away from Llanfairpwll: there was no rail replacement services serving the station unless engineering works was taking place, but passengers with bicycles had to cycle to other stations to use the trains.

Llanfairpwll railway station - Wikipedia

Llanfairpwll railway station
Llanfairpwll railway station
Llanfairpwll
Contents
History
Facilities
Services
Coronavirus
Gallery
See also
References
Further reading
External links

On Sundays, services are reduced to 6 towards Holyhead and 7 towards Chester. The station has very short platforms, only 40 yards (37 m) long. As a result, only one door on Transport for Wales intercity services is unlocked by the conductor/guard for passengers (Except for the BR classes 150/2 and 153 which occasionally visits Holyhead). Passengers who want to board or leave the train have to let the driver or guard know, because it is a Request stop. Preceding station

National Rail

Following station
Bangor

Transport for Wales Rail
North Wales Coast Line

Bodorgan
Coronavirus
Since 6th July 2020, trains have not called at the station; Transport for Wales states that during the 2019-20 coronavirus pandemic the short platform and the inability to maintain social distancing between passengers and the guard when opening the train door is the reason. Trains stopped at the platform, with Class 153, 150/2, 158/8 and 175 serving the station many times before the closure. People is to be seen complaining on Transport for Wales' social media with the decision, and letters and emails sent to the Local councillors and Members of the Senedd Rhun ap Iorwerth MS, with a petition created on the Welsh Parliament website to support the frustration. Passengers were left with no choice but to travel to Bangor Railway Station by bus or taxi, which is 5 miles away from Llanfairpwll: there was no rail replacement services serving the station unless engineering works was taking place, but passengers with bicycles had to cycle to other stations to use the trains.

British Rail Class 29 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 29
British Rail Class 29
Contents
Background
Withdrawal
Numbering
Model railways
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 550 US gal)
Prime mover
Paxman Ventura
Engine type
V12 diesel
Generator
DC generator
Traction motors
4 GEC DC motors
Transmission
Diesel electric
MU working
● Red Circle
Train heating
Steam
Train brakes
Vacuum
Performance figures
Maximum speed
80 mph (130 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 1,350 hp (1,010 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 45,000 lbf (200 kN)
Brakeforce
50 long tons-force (498 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
Numbers
D6100–03/06–08/12–14/16/19, D6121/23/24/29/30/32/33/37
Axle load class
Route availability 6 (RA 5 from 1969)
Retired
1969–1971
Disposition
All scrapped
The British Rail Class 29 were a class of 20 diesel-electric Bo-Bo locomotives produced by the re-engining of the NBL Type 2 units. The units were designed for both passenger and freight trains. Contents
1 Background
2 Withdrawal
3 Numbering
4 Model railways
5 References
6 Sources
7 Further reading
8 External links
Background
The machines were produced from 1963 onwards from the North British Type 2 (later Class 21 under TOPS) by replacing the original unreliable licence-built MAN of the Class 21s with Paxman Ventura V12 engine at Paxman's Colchester works. The first unit to be re-engined was D6123, a further 19 machines were re-engined in 1965–1967 at Glasgow Works and mostly Inverurie Works, along with other modifications including the fitting of four-character headcode displays in the nose ends (D6123 retained its original front ends and so did not receive a headcode panel). After rebuilding, they returned to service from Eastfield depot in Glasgow. The allocation of all twenty locomotives in August 1967 was Eastfield. Withdrawal
Although these offered more power and much improved reliability over the original Class 21s, they did not survive much longer, due to their small class size and the use of a non-standard high-speed diesel engine. D6108 was withdrawn in May 1969 and scrapped by McWilliams of Shettleston in 1971, while the other 19 were withdrawn between April and December 1971 and scrapped at BR's Glasgow Works in 1971–72.

British Rail Class 29 - Wikipedia

550 US gal)
Prime mover
Paxman Ventura
Engine type
V12 diesel
Generator
DC generator
Traction motors
4 GEC DC motors
Transmission
Diesel electric
MU working
● Red Circle
Train heating
Steam
Train brakes
Vacuum
Performance figures
Maximum speed
80 mph (130 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 1,350 hp (1,010 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 45,000 lbf (200 kN)
Brakeforce
50 long tons-force (498 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
Numbers
D6100–03/06–08/12–14/16/19, D6121/23/24/29/30/32/33/37
Axle load class
Route availability 6 (RA 5 from 1969)
Retired
1969–1971
Disposition
All scrapped
The British Rail Class 29 were a class of 20 diesel-electric Bo-Bo locomotives produced by the re-engining of the NBL Type 2 units. The units were designed for both passenger and freight trains. Contents
1 Background
2 Withdrawal
3 Numbering
4 Model railways
5 References
6 Sources
7 Further reading
8 External links
Background
The machines were produced from 1963 onwards from the North British Type 2 (later Class 21 under TOPS) by replacing the original unreliable licence-built MAN of the Class 21s with Paxman Ventura V12 engine at Paxman's Colchester works. The first unit to be re-engined was D6123, a further 19 machines were re-engined in 1965–1967 at Glasgow Works and mostly Inverurie Works, along with other modifications including the fitting of four-character headcode displays in the nose ends (D6123 retained its original front ends and so did not receive a headcode panel). After rebuilding, they returned to service from Eastfield depot in Glasgow. The allocation of all twenty locomotives in August 1967 was Eastfield. Withdrawal
Although these offered more power and much improved reliability over the original Class 21s, they did not survive much longer, due to their small class size and the use of a non-standard high-speed diesel engine. D6108 was withdrawn in May 1969 and scrapped by McWilliams of Shettleston in 1971, while the other 19 were withdrawn between April and December 1971 and scrapped at BR's Glasgow Works in 1971–72.

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 60
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
History
Design
Bodywork
Electrical
Prime mover
Engine dimensions
Current operators
DB Cargo UK
GB Railfreight
DCRail
Former operators
British Rail
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Naming and liveries
Scrapping
Fleet summary
Class list
Preservation
Models
Notes
References
Further reading
External links
 British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Class of diesel electric locomotives
British Rail Class 60
EWS 60068 passing through Castleton East Junction
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
Brush Traction, Loughborough
Build date
1989–1993
Total produced
100
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Co′Co′
• Commonwealth
Co-Co
Gauge
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in) standard gauge
Minimum curve
80 metres (4.0 chains)
Wheelbase
15.3 m (50.2 ft)
Length
21.34 m (70 ft 0 in)
Width
2.64 m (8 ft 8 in)
Height
3.95 m (13 ft 0 in)
Loco weight
129 t (127 long tons; 142 short tons) or
131 t (129 long tons; 144 short tons)
Fuel capacity
5,900 litres (1,300 imp gal; 1,560 US gal)
Prime mover
Mirrlees Blackstone 8MB275T
Displacement
18,100 cm 3 (1,100 in 3) per cylinder
Alternator
Brush BA1006A
Traction motors
6× Brush TM2161A
Cylinders
8
MU working
Within own class only
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Air
Performance figures
Maximum speed
60 mph (97 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 3,100 bhp (2,300 kW)
at rail: 2,415 bhp (1,801 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 106,500 lbf (474 kN)
Brakeforce
62 kN (13,900 lb f) or 74 kN (16,600 lb f)
Career
Operators
British Rail
DB Cargo UK
DCRail
GB Railfreight
Numbers
60001–60015
60017–60100
60500 (originally 60016)
Axle load class
Route availability 7
Disposition
29 in service, 66 stored, 3 preserved, 1 scrapped
The British Rail Class 60 is a class of Co-Co heavy freight diesel-electric locomotives built by Brush Traction. They are nicknamed Tugs by rail enthusiasts. During the 1980s, it became increasingly apparent that British Rail required a more capable Type 5 locomotive for its heavy freight trains.

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Class of diesel electric locomotives
British Rail Class 60
EWS 60068 passing through Castleton East Junction
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
Brush Traction, Loughborough
Build date
1989–1993
Total produced
100
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Co′Co′
• Commonwealth
Co-Co
Gauge
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in) standard gauge
Minimum curve
80 metres (4.0 chains)
Wheelbase
15.3 m (50.2 ft)
Length
21.34 m (70 ft 0 in)
Width
2.64 m (8 ft 8 in)
Height
3.95 m (13 ft 0 in)
Loco weight
129 t (127 long tons; 142 short tons) or
131 t (129 long tons; 144 short tons)
Fuel capacity
5,900 litres (1,300 imp gal; 1,560 US gal)
Prime mover
Mirrlees Blackstone 8MB275T
Displacement
18,100 cm 3 (1,100 in 3) per cylinder
Alternator
Brush BA1006A
Traction motors
6× Brush TM2161A
Cylinders
8
MU working
Within own class only
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Air
Performance figures
Maximum speed
60 mph (97 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 3,100 bhp (2,300 kW)
at rail: 2,415 bhp (1,801 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 106,500 lbf (474 kN)
Brakeforce
62 kN (13,900 lb f) or 74 kN (16,600 lb f)
Career
Operators
British Rail
DB Cargo UK
DCRail
GB Railfreight
Numbers
60001–60015
60017–60100
60500 (originally 60016)
Axle load class
Route availability 7
Disposition
29 in service, 66 stored, 3 preserved, 1 scrapped
The British Rail Class 60 is a class of Co-Co heavy freight diesel-electric locomotives built by Brush Traction. They are nicknamed Tugs by rail enthusiasts. During the 1980s, it became increasingly apparent that British Rail required a more capable Type 5 locomotive for its heavy freight trains.

Brussels Central Station to Utrecht - 6 ways to travel via train, bus, and car Brussels Central Station to Utrecht
How to get from Brussels Central Station to Utrecht by train, bus, car or plane
There are 6 ways to get from Brussels Central Station to Utrecht by train, bus, car or plane
Recommended option
Train • 2h 42m
Cheapest option
Bus via Brussels City Center - Midi Train station • 3h 44m
4 alternative options
Train, bus • 3h 18m
Bus • 4h 14m
Drive • 1h 58m
Fly, train • 2h 57m
Travel safe during COVID-19
International entry into Netherlands from Belgium
Conditions of entry into Netherlands from Belgium
Rules to follow in Netherlands
Considerations leaving from Belgium
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Brussels Central Station, Belgium and Utrecht, Netherlands?
Flights from Brussels to Amsterdam Schiphol
Train from Brux.-/ Brus-Centr. to Breda
Contact Details
Train from Brussel-Centraal to Breda
Train from Breda to Hertogenbosch
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Train from Schiphol Airport to Utrecht Centraal
Contact Details
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Bus from Breda, Centraal Station to Utrecht, CS Jaarbeurszijde
Contact Details
Bus from Brussels City Center - Midi Train station to Utrecht
Contact Details
Bus from Brussels, Brussels-North station to Utrecht
Want to know more about travelling around Netherlands
More Questions & Answers
Utrecht, Netherlands
Things to do in Utrecht
Places to stay in Utrecht
Rome2rio makes travelling from Brussels Central Station to Utrecht easy.
 Duration
56 min
When
Every day
Estimated price
110€ - 480€
Train operators
Belgian Railways (NMBS/SNCB)
Phone
+32 2 528 28 28
Website
belgiantrain.be
Train from Brux.-/ Brus-Centr. to Breda
Ave. Duration
1h 29m
Frequency
Hourly
Estimated price
11€ - 16€
Website
Belgian Railways
Book at
Belgium Rail Pass
2nd Class
11€ - 16€
1st Class
17€ - 25€
1st class seats
The Man in Seat 61...
Belgian Railways Exterior
Wikipedia
Belgian Railways Interior
Wikipedia
Belgian Railways Exterior
Wikipedia
Belgian Railways Interior
Wikipedia
Dutch Railways (NS)
Dutch Railways (NS) is the main passenger railway operator in the Netherlands. Founded in 1938, NS connects all major cities in the Netherlands, and offers night trains, international trains, Intercity direct, and trains to and from the airport. NS International is the international subsidiary of NS; their services include high-speed trains such as Thalys, ICE International, Eurostar and TGV, to major European hubs including Paris, London, Brussels, Berlin, Cologne, Frankfurt and Lille. Contact Details
Phone
+31 30 751 5155
Website
ns.nl
Train from Brussel-Centraal to Breda
Ave. Duration
1h 28m
Frequency
4 times a day
Estimated price
14€ - 35€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
14€ - 20€
1st Class
23€ - 35€
Train from Breda to Hertogenbosch
Ave. Duration
29 min
Frequency
Every 20 minutes
Estimated price
9€ - 22€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
9€ - 14€
1st Class
16€ - 22€
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Ave. Duration
27 min
Frequency
Every 15 minutes
Estimated price
10€ - 23€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
10€ - 14€
1st Class
16€ - 23€
Train from Schiphol Airport to Utrecht Centraal
Ave.

Brussels Central Station to Utrecht - 6 ways to travel via train, bus, and car

Brussels Central Station to Utrecht
How to get from Brussels Central Station to Utrecht by train, bus, car or plane
There are 6 ways to get from Brussels Central Station to Utrecht by train, bus, car or plane
Recommended option
Train • 2h 42m
Cheapest option
Bus via Brussels City Center - Midi Train station • 3h 44m
4 alternative options
Train, bus • 3h 18m
Bus • 4h 14m
Drive • 1h 58m
Fly, train • 2h 57m
Travel safe during COVID-19
International entry into Netherlands from Belgium
Conditions of entry into Netherlands from Belgium
Rules to follow in Netherlands
Considerations leaving from Belgium
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Brussels Central Station, Belgium and Utrecht, Netherlands?
Flights from Brussels to Amsterdam Schiphol
Train from Brux.-/ Brus-Centr. to Breda
Contact Details
Train from Brussel-Centraal to Breda
Train from Breda to Hertogenbosch
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Train from Schiphol Airport to Utrecht Centraal
Contact Details
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Bus from Breda, Centraal Station to Utrecht, CS Jaarbeurszijde
Contact Details
Bus from Brussels City Center - Midi Train station to Utrecht
Contact Details
Bus from Brussels, Brussels-North station to Utrecht
Want to know more about travelling around Netherlands
More Questions & Answers
Utrecht, Netherlands
Things to do in Utrecht
Places to stay in Utrecht
Rome2rio makes travelling from Brussels Central Station to Utrecht easy.

Duration
56 min
When
Every day
Estimated price
110€ - 480€
Train operators
Belgian Railways (NMBS/SNCB)
Phone
+32 2 528 28 28
Website
belgiantrain.be
Train from Brux.-/ Brus-Centr. to Breda
Ave. Duration
1h 29m
Frequency
Hourly
Estimated price
11€ - 16€
Website
Belgian Railways
Book at
Belgium Rail Pass
2nd Class
11€ - 16€
1st Class
17€ - 25€
1st class seats
The Man in Seat 61...
Belgian Railways Exterior
Wikipedia
Belgian Railways Interior
Wikipedia
Belgian Railways Exterior
Wikipedia
Belgian Railways Interior
Wikipedia
Dutch Railways (NS)
Dutch Railways (NS) is the main passenger railway operator in the Netherlands. Founded in 1938, NS connects all major cities in the Netherlands, and offers night trains, international trains, Intercity direct, and trains to and from the airport. NS International is the international subsidiary of NS; their services include high-speed trains such as Thalys, ICE International, Eurostar and TGV, to major European hubs including Paris, London, Brussels, Berlin, Cologne, Frankfurt and Lille. Contact Details
Phone
+31 30 751 5155
Website
ns.nl
Train from Brussel-Centraal to Breda
Ave. Duration
1h 28m
Frequency
4 times a day
Estimated price
14€ - 35€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
14€ - 20€
1st Class
23€ - 35€
Train from Breda to Hertogenbosch
Ave. Duration
29 min
Frequency
Every 20 minutes
Estimated price
9€ - 22€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
9€ - 14€
1st Class
16€ - 22€
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Ave. Duration
27 min
Frequency
Every 15 minutes
Estimated price
10€ - 23€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
10€ - 14€
1st Class
16€ - 23€
Train from Schiphol Airport to Utrecht Centraal
Ave.

Steam Workshop::Train Addons Train Addons
Garry's Mod
Description
Controls
Short Description:
Short Description:
Description:
Description:
Controls
If you want to see progress on future mods or would like to give suggestions, join my group:
http://steamcommunity.com/groups/CBHModTesting
Short Description:
LB&SCR 0-6-0T E2 Locomotive
Description
DESCRIPTION:
 This is a train vehicle. It has a Thomas tank engine Diesel face (body group). It goes 20 MPH max, but it pulls a lot! This is different from my past mods as it has a GUI, and a throttle system rather than just hold down forwa...
(CBH's Trains) BR MK1 Rail-Car (SO)
Created by CrazyBoxHead
Description: This is a vehicle used for the rails of Garry's Mod. This is infact a vehicle (which is not drivable) Which can be used for trains. It can couple with the Class 37 and future loco mods by pressing E on hook, while you are close to t...
(CBH's Trains) Class 37 Diesel Locomotive
Created by CrazyBoxHead
Brief Description: A working vehicle train mod for Garry's Mod. It has 5 skins (BR, ICBR, EWS, DRS, Police) Its max speed is 60 mps (IRL Max * .75) And can pull quite a large amount of cars. Fast acceleration, and real sounds.

Steam Workshop::Train Addons

Train Addons
Garry's Mod
Description
Controls
Short Description:
Short Description:
Description:
Description:
Controls
If you want to see progress on future mods or would like to give suggestions, join my group:
http://steamcommunity.com/groups/CBHModTesting
Short Description:
LB&SCR 0-6-0T E2 Locomotive
Description
DESCRIPTION:

This is a train vehicle. It has a Thomas tank engine Diesel face (body group). It goes 20 MPH max, but it pulls a lot! This is different from my past mods as it has a GUI, and a throttle system rather than just hold down forwa...
(CBH's Trains) BR MK1 Rail-Car (SO)
Created by CrazyBoxHead
Description: This is a vehicle used for the rails of Garry's Mod. This is infact a vehicle (which is not drivable) Which can be used for trains. It can couple with the Class 37 and future loco mods by pressing E on hook, while you are close to t...
(CBH's Trains) Class 37 Diesel Locomotive
Created by CrazyBoxHead
Brief Description: A working vehicle train mod for Garry's Mod. It has 5 skins (BR, ICBR, EWS, DRS, Police) Its max speed is 60 mps (IRL Max * .75) And can pull quite a large amount of cars. Fast acceleration, and real sounds.

Napier Deltic - Wikipedia Napier Deltic
Napier Deltic
Contents
History and design
Uses
Naval service
Railway use
Fire department use
Reliability in service
Turbo-compound Deltic
Comparable engines
See also
References
Further reading
External links
 Railway use
Napier Deltic powered British Rail Class 55 D9009 Alycidon, at the National Railway Museum, York, UK
Main articles: British Rail Class 55 and British Rail Class 23
Napier Deltic engine at the National Railway Museum, York, UK
The "Deltic" engines were used in two types of British rail locomotive: the 1961–62 built class 55 and the 1959 built class 23. These locomotive types were known as "Deltics" and "Baby Deltics", respectively. The Class 55 used two D18-25 series II type V Deltic engines: mechanically blown 18-cylinder engines each rated at 1,650 hp (1,230 kW) continuous at 1500 rpm. The Class 23 used a single less powerful nine-cylinder turbocharged T9-29 Deltic of 1,100 hp (820 kW). Six out of the original 22 "Deltic" locomotives survive, four of which have, at various times since 1996, returned to work on the main line, operating both service trains and charter trains. D9000 "Royal Scots Grey", the doyen of the class, was returned to main line serviceable status in 1996 and continued to work throughout the UK for nearly twenty years. Following a power unit failure this locomotive was fitted, for a time, with an ex-Norwegian Navy T18-37K type, after various modifications were cleverly designed to make the new unit compatible.

Napier Deltic - Wikipedia

Napier Deltic
Napier Deltic
Contents
History and design
Uses
Naval service
Railway use
Fire department use
Reliability in service
Turbo-compound Deltic
Comparable engines
See also
References
Further reading
External links

Railway use
Napier Deltic powered British Rail Class 55 D9009 Alycidon, at the National Railway Museum, York, UK
Main articles: British Rail Class 55 and British Rail Class 23
Napier Deltic engine at the National Railway Museum, York, UK
The "Deltic" engines were used in two types of British rail locomotive: the 1961–62 built class 55 and the 1959 built class 23. These locomotive types were known as "Deltics" and "Baby Deltics", respectively. The Class 55 used two D18-25 series II type V Deltic engines: mechanically blown 18-cylinder engines each rated at 1,650 hp (1,230 kW) continuous at 1500 rpm. The Class 23 used a single less powerful nine-cylinder turbocharged T9-29 Deltic of 1,100 hp (820 kW). Six out of the original 22 "Deltic" locomotives survive, four of which have, at various times since 1996, returned to work on the main line, operating both service trains and charter trains. D9000 "Royal Scots Grey", the doyen of the class, was returned to main line serviceable status in 1996 and continued to work throughout the UK for nearly twenty years. Following a power unit failure this locomotive was fitted, for a time, with an ex-Norwegian Navy T18-37K type, after various modifications were cleverly designed to make the new unit compatible.

How To Travel Amsterdam to Antwerp by Train and Coach How To Travel Amsterdam to Antwerp
How To Travel Amsterdam to Antwerp
1. Amsterdam-Antwerp by Train
2. Flights Amsterdam-Antwerp
3. Amsterdam-Antwerp by Coach
Hotels/Activities
 Intercity Brussels train at Amsterdam Central
Early bird one-way fares start at €20 (2nd class) and €28 (1st class) Mon-Thu and €26 (2nd class) and €37 (1st class) each way Fri-Sun. Early bird fares are valid on any service on the ticket day. Holders of Dutch Railways NS discount cards receive a slight fare reduction off the standard fare for the Netherlands segment of travel. As Belgium and the Netherlands are members of the Schengen Zone agreement you do not need to go through a passport control check when travelling between Amsterdam and Antwerp. How to book train tickets online: Amsterdam-Antwerp rail tickets can be easily booked at the Thalys site (Thalys only) or at the NS International site (Thalys and Intercity). For more info see our International trains to/from Amsterdam page. 2. Flights Amsterdam-Antwerp
There are currently no flights between Amsterdam Schiphol (AMS) and Antwerp airport (ANR). KLM fares originating from Antwerp via Amsterdam include a ticket for travel on the Thalys train to/from Schiphol.

How To Travel Amsterdam to Antwerp by Train and Coach

How To Travel Amsterdam to Antwerp
How To Travel Amsterdam to Antwerp
1. Amsterdam-Antwerp by Train
2. Flights Amsterdam-Antwerp
3. Amsterdam-Antwerp by Coach
Hotels/Activities

Intercity Brussels train at Amsterdam Central
Early bird one-way fares start at €20 (2nd class) and €28 (1st class) Mon-Thu and €26 (2nd class) and €37 (1st class) each way Fri-Sun. Early bird fares are valid on any service on the ticket day. Holders of Dutch Railways NS discount cards receive a slight fare reduction off the standard fare for the Netherlands segment of travel. As Belgium and the Netherlands are members of the Schengen Zone agreement you do not need to go through a passport control check when travelling between Amsterdam and Antwerp. How to book train tickets online: Amsterdam-Antwerp rail tickets can be easily booked at the Thalys site (Thalys only) or at the NS International site (Thalys and Intercity). For more info see our International trains to/from Amsterdam page. 2. Flights Amsterdam-Antwerp
There are currently no flights between Amsterdam Schiphol (AMS) and Antwerp airport (ANR). KLM fares originating from Antwerp via Amsterdam include a ticket for travel on the Thalys train to/from Schiphol.

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 60
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
History
Design
Bodywork
Electrical
Prime mover
Engine dimensions
Current operators
DB Cargo UK
GB Railfreight
DCRail
Former operators
British Rail
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Naming and liveries
Scrapping
Fleet summary
Class list
Preservation
Models
Notes
References
Further reading
External links
 Contents
1 History
2 Design
2.1 Bodywork
2.2 Electrical
2.3 Prime mover
3 Current operators
3.1 DB Cargo UK
3.2 GB Railfreight
3.3 DCRail
4 Former operators
4.1 British Rail
4.2 Colas Rail
5 Accidents and incidents
6 Naming and liveries
7 Scrapping
8 Fleet summary
8.1 Class list
9 Preservation
10 Models
11 Notes
12 References
13 Further reading
14 External links
History
During the early 1980s, British Rail operated several different diesel locomotives that had been categorised as Type 5, these being a relatively high-powered locomotive suited to heavy freight trains, such as the British Rail Class 56 and British Rail Class 58. However, the Class 56 proved to be somewhat unreliable, contributing to dissatisfaction amongst British Rail's customer base. One such customer, Foster Yeoman, became so disillusioned with the locomotives supplied for its aggregates trains that it procured its own private fleet of locomotives, the British Rail Class 59, that were manufactured by GM-EMD. British Rail was reportedly interested in buying its own version of the Class 59, but hesitated in fear of objections by trade unions, particularly over its production not being based in Britain. To avoid creating tensions, it was deemed necessary for any new locomotive to be manufactured domestically. These various factors drove British Rail to produce a stringent requirement calling for a new Type 5 diesel locomotive for use on its Trainload Freight sector. In terms of its basic configuration, it sought a high-powered low-speed locomotive suitable for its existing core traffic operations. Furthermore, this requirement stipulated that the tentative locomotive would be required to maintain an average availability of no less than 95 percent, which was far higher than any locomotive to have been operated by British Rail at that time. It was believed that the high performance levels demanded would generate considerable cost reductions, as well as significantly bolstering efforts within British Rail's rail freight division to meet targets set out by the British government It was forecast that 100 of these new locomotives could replace 236 locomotives of various older classes, including the British Rail Class 20, British Rail Class 33, and British Rail Class 47, many of which would be withdrawn or cascaded onto other duties. Despite having discounted a direct purchase of the Class 59, during the research phase, some of the concepts for the Class 60 were reportedly modelled upon its design.

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 08 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 08
British Rail Class 08
Contents
History
Exported locomotives
Operations
Technical description
Design variations
Class 08/9
BR Class 13
Fleet
Preservation
Models
In fiction
References
Further reading
External links
 802 US gal)
Prime mover
English Electric 6KT
Generator
DC
Traction motors
DC English Electric 506, 2 off
Transmission
Diesel-electric transmission, double reduction gearing
MU working
Not originally fitted, some retrofitted with type ★ Blue Star
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Vacuum, later Air & Vacuum or Air only
Performance figures
Maximum speed
15 mph (24 km/h) or 20 mph (32 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 350 hp (261 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 35,000 lbf (160 kN)
Brakeforce
19 long tons-force (190 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
InterCity
Network SouthEast
Rail Express Systems
Freightliner
Eurostar
DB Cargo UK
GNER
National Express East Coast
East Coast
Virgin Trains East Coast
LNER
Midland Mainline
East Midlands Trains
East Midlands Railway
Arriva Rail North
Northern Trains
Harry Needle Railroad Company
Foster Yeoman
Mendip Rail
Numbers
13000–13116, 13127–13136, 13167–13365; later: D3000–D3116, D3127–D3136, D3167-D3365 (renumbered from above), D3366–D3438, D3454–D3472, D3503–D3611, D3652–D3664, D3672–D3718, D3722–D4048, D4095–D4098, D4115–D4192; later 08 001–08 958
Axle load class
Route availability 5 or 6 (see text)
Withdrawn
1967–present
Disposition
82 preserved
10 converted to Class 09s
6 converted to Class 13s
5 exported to Liberia
100 in service
Remainder scrapped
The British Rail Class 08 is a class of diesel-electric shunting locomotive built by British Railways (BR). As the standard BR general-purpose diesel shunter, the class became a familiar sight at major stations and freight yards. Since their introduction in 1952 however, the nature of rail traffic in Britain has changed considerably. Freight trains are now mostly fixed rakes of wagons, and passenger trains are mostly multiple units, neither requiring the attention of a shunting locomotive. Consequently, a large proportion of the class has been withdrawn from mainline use and stored, scrapped, exported or sold to industrial or heritage railways .

British Rail Class 08 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 08
British Rail Class 08
Contents
History
Exported locomotives
Operations
Technical description
Design variations
Class 08/9
BR Class 13
Fleet
Preservation
Models
In fiction
References
Further reading
External links

802 US gal)
Prime mover
English Electric 6KT
Generator
DC
Traction motors
DC English Electric 506, 2 off
Transmission
Diesel-electric transmission, double reduction gearing
MU working
Not originally fitted, some retrofitted with type ★ Blue Star
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Vacuum, later Air & Vacuum or Air only
Performance figures
Maximum speed
15 mph (24 km/h) or 20 mph (32 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 350 hp (261 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 35,000 lbf (160 kN)
Brakeforce
19 long tons-force (190 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
InterCity
Network SouthEast
Rail Express Systems
Freightliner
Eurostar
DB Cargo UK
GNER
National Express East Coast
East Coast
Virgin Trains East Coast
LNER
Midland Mainline
East Midlands Trains
East Midlands Railway
Arriva Rail North
Northern Trains
Harry Needle Railroad Company
Foster Yeoman
Mendip Rail
Numbers
13000–13116, 13127–13136, 13167–13365; later: D3000–D3116, D3127–D3136, D3167-D3365 (renumbered from above), D3366–D3438, D3454–D3472, D3503–D3611, D3652–D3664, D3672–D3718, D3722–D4048, D4095–D4098, D4115–D4192; later 08 001–08 958
Axle load class
Route availability 5 or 6 (see text)
Withdrawn
1967–present
Disposition
82 preserved
10 converted to Class 09s
6 converted to Class 13s
5 exported to Liberia
100 in service
Remainder scrapped
The British Rail Class 08 is a class of diesel-electric shunting locomotive built by British Railways (BR). As the standard BR general-purpose diesel shunter, the class became a familiar sight at major stations and freight yards. Since their introduction in 1952 however, the nature of rail traffic in Britain has changed considerably. Freight trains are now mostly fixed rakes of wagons, and passenger trains are mostly multiple units, neither requiring the attention of a shunting locomotive. Consequently, a large proportion of the class has been withdrawn from mainline use and stored, scrapped, exported or sold to industrial or heritage railways .

Pacer (British Rail) - Wikipedia Pacer (British Rail)
Pacer (British Rail)
Contents
Features
Background
Class 140
Class 141
Class 142
Class 143 and Class 144
Analysis
Replacements
CAF Civity
Vivarail D-Train
"144e Evolution"
Preservation
References
Further reading
 The two-car Class 140 was a prototype vehicle that was built in 1980 at British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL)'s Derby Litchurch Lane Works. This prototype was introduced with much fanfare during June 1981. During its trial period, the Class 140 toured various lines across the UK. It later functioned as a demonstration unit for the incoming fleet based on the type, the Class 141. By 1985, the unit was in use as a driver training vehicle. From September 1986, the sole Class 140 was allocated to Neville Hill. Initial testing with the Class 140 uncovered several issues, such as difficulty detecting the type via track circuits, this was reliably resolved by swapping the material of the brake blocks from a composite to iron. Two less easily addressable drawbacks were the high level of noise generated during transit, particularly on older jointed rails, which was a consequence of the railbus's direct connection between the underframe and suspension with the body that transmitted impact forces across the body. It was also observed that the inclusion of strengthening members in the mass-produced bus body added significantly to the overall production cost, which eliminated much of the cost advantage that was the primarily goal of the type. The original traction power train of the Class 140 consisted of a Leyland TL11 200 HP engine, a Self-Changing Gears mechanical automatic gearbox and a Gmeinder final drive unit on each car driving only a single axle.

Pacer (British Rail) - Wikipedia

The two-car Class 140 was a prototype vehicle that was built in 1980 at British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL)'s Derby Litchurch Lane Works. This prototype was introduced with much fanfare during June 1981. During its trial period, the Class 140 toured various lines across the UK. It later functioned as a demonstration unit for the incoming fleet based on the type, the Class 141. By 1985, the unit was in use as a driver training vehicle. From September 1986, the sole Class 140 was allocated to Neville Hill. Initial testing with the Class 140 uncovered several issues, such as difficulty detecting the type via track circuits, this was reliably resolved by swapping the material of the brake blocks from a composite to iron. Two less easily addressable drawbacks were the high level of noise generated during transit, particularly on older jointed rails, which was a consequence of the railbus's direct connection between the underframe and suspension with the body that transmitted impact forces across the body. It was also observed that the inclusion of strengthening members in the mass-produced bus body added significantly to the overall production cost, which eliminated much of the cost advantage that was the primarily goal of the type. The original traction power train of the Class 140 consisted of a Leyland TL11 200 HP engine, a Self-Changing Gears mechanical automatic gearbox and a Gmeinder final drive unit on each car driving only a single axle.

Hokkaido Shinkansen – Traveling from Tokyo to Sapporo – Sapporo Station Hokkaido Shinkansen – Traveling from Tokyo to Sapporo
Hokkaido Shinkansen – Traveling from Tokyo to Sapporo
Hokkaido Shinkansen travel routes and times
Starting March 26th, 2016:
Tokyo to Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto
Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto to Sapporo
Total from Tokyo to Sapporo
From Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto to Hakodate
Popular Hotels near Sapporo Station
Using Japan Rail Pass on Hokkaido Shinkansen
New Hokkaido Shinkansen Gran Class – the ultimate luxury
Hokkaido Shinkansen Green Class (business class seats)
Hokkaido Shinkansen ordinary class seats – comfortable travel from Tokyo to Hokkaido
154 Tours & Activities in Hokkaido
 Standard 31,520 yen
Time: 7 hours 26 minutes
From Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto to Hakodate
A new train “Hakodate Liner” will start operating from JR Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto to JR Hakodate on Hakodate Main Line in March, 2016. Train Fare: 360 yen
Train Time: 20 minutes
Popular Hotels near Sapporo Station
JR Tower
Hotel Nikko
Check Rates
Sapporo Grand
Hotel
Check Rates
Hotel Gracery
Sapporo
Check Rates
Hotel Sunroute
Sapporo
Check Rates
Using Japan Rail Pass on Hokkaido Shinkansen
Japan Rail Pass is valid for the new Hokkaido Shinkansen route. Japan Rail Pass holders can travel in Standard or Green Car according to the type of pass purchased. Traveling in Gran Class requires additional payment. New Hokkaido Shinkansen Gran Class – the ultimate luxury
Hokkaido Shinkansen Green Class (business class seats)
Hokkaido Shinkansen ordinary class seats – comfortable travel from Tokyo to Hokkaido
This is a major development for Japan’s already world-class rail system. People habituated to commuting between Tokyo and Fukuoka in the west (which takes around 5 hours) can now travel north under the Tsugaru Straits separating Honshu from Hokkaido (via the Seikan Tunnel, the world’s longest nonstop rail tunnel) in less time than that. 154 Tours & Activities in Hokkaido
Wondering what to do in Hokkaido?

Hokkaido Shinkansen – Traveling from Tokyo to Sapporo – Sapporo Station

Hokkaido Shinkansen – Traveling from Tokyo to Sapporo
Hokkaido Shinkansen – Traveling from Tokyo to Sapporo
Hokkaido Shinkansen travel routes and times
Starting March 26th, 2016:
Tokyo to Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto
Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto to Sapporo
Total from Tokyo to Sapporo
From Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto to Hakodate
Popular Hotels near Sapporo Station
Using Japan Rail Pass on Hokkaido Shinkansen
New Hokkaido Shinkansen Gran Class – the ultimate luxury
Hokkaido Shinkansen Green Class (business class seats)
Hokkaido Shinkansen ordinary class seats – comfortable travel from Tokyo to Hokkaido
154 Tours & Activities in Hokkaido

Standard 31,520 yen
Time: 7 hours 26 minutes
From Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto to Hakodate
A new train “Hakodate Liner” will start operating from JR Shin-Hakodate-Hokuto to JR Hakodate on Hakodate Main Line in March, 2016. Train Fare: 360 yen
Train Time: 20 minutes
Popular Hotels near Sapporo Station
JR Tower
Hotel Nikko
Check Rates
Sapporo Grand
Hotel
Check Rates
Hotel Gracery
Sapporo
Check Rates
Hotel Sunroute
Sapporo
Check Rates
Using Japan Rail Pass on Hokkaido Shinkansen
Japan Rail Pass is valid for the new Hokkaido Shinkansen route. Japan Rail Pass holders can travel in Standard or Green Car according to the type of pass purchased. Traveling in Gran Class requires additional payment. New Hokkaido Shinkansen Gran Class – the ultimate luxury
Hokkaido Shinkansen Green Class (business class seats)
Hokkaido Shinkansen ordinary class seats – comfortable travel from Tokyo to Hokkaido
This is a major development for Japan’s already world-class rail system. People habituated to commuting between Tokyo and Fukuoka in the west (which takes around 5 hours) can now travel north under the Tsugaru Straits separating Honshu from Hokkaido (via the Seikan Tunnel, the world’s longest nonstop rail tunnel) in less time than that. 154 Tours & Activities in Hokkaido
Wondering what to do in Hokkaido?

Southern Pacific 4449 - Wikipedia Southern Pacific 4449
Southern Pacific 4449
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Revenue years
On display
American Freedom Train
Present day
Preservation and maintenance
Other surviving locomotives
Film appearances
References
External links
 4449 under steam at rest and work Cascades Rail in Tacoma, Washington in June 23, 2011. Type and origin
Power type
Steam
Builder
Lima Locomotive Works
Serial number
7817
Build date
May 20, 1941
Specifications
Configuration:
• Whyte
4-8-4 Northern
Gauge
4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm) standard gauge
Driver dia. 80 in (2,032 mm)
Length
110 ft (34 m)
Width
10 ft (3 m)
Height
16 ft (5 m)
Adhesive weight
275,700 lb (125,100 kg)
Loco weight
475,000 lb (215,000 kg)
Total weight
788,730 lb (357,760 kg)
Fuel type
Bunker oil
Fuel capacity
6,275
Water cap
23,300 gal
Firebox: • Firegrate area
90.4 sq ft (8.40 m 2)
Boiler pressure
300 psi (2.07 MPa)
Heating surface
4,887 sq ft (454.0 m 2)
Superheater:
• Heating area
2,086 sq ft (193.8 m 2)
Cylinders
Two, outside
Cylinder size
25.5 in × 32 in (648 mm × 813 mm)
dia × stroke
Performance figures
Maximum speed
100 mph (160 km/h)
Power output
5,500 hp (4,100 kW)
Tractive effort
66,326 lbf (295,030 N)
78,650 lbf (349,900 N) with booster
Factor of adh. 4.26
4.286 with booster
Career
Operators
Southern Pacific
Oregon Rail Heritage Center
Class
GS-4
Number in class
28
Numbers
Southern Pacific 4449
American Freedom Train 4449
Portland and Western 4449
Willamette and Pacific 4449
BNSF 4449
UPY 845
Nicknames
"The Daylight"
"The Queen of Steam"
First run
May 30, 1941 (revenue service)
Last run
September 24, 1956 (revenue service)
Retired
October 2, 1957 (revenue service)
Preserved
April 24, 1958
Restored
April 21, 1975
Current owner
The City of Portland, Oregon
Disposition
Operational, based in Portland, Oregon at the Oregon Rail Heritage Center
Southern Pacific 4449, also known as the "Daylight", is the only surviving example of Southern Pacific Railroad 's " GS-4 " class of 4-8-4 " Northern " type steam locomotives and one of only two GS-class locomotives surviving, the other being " GS-6 " 4460 at the Museum of Transportation in St. Louis, Missouri. GS is abbreviation from "Golden State", a nickname for California (where the locomotive was operated in regular service), or "General Service". The locomotive was built by Lima Locomotive Works in Lima, Ohio for the Southern Pacific in May 1941; it received the red-and-orange "Daylight" paint scheme for the passenger trains of the same name which it hauled for most of its service career.

Southern Pacific 4449 - Wikipedia

Southern Pacific 4449
Southern Pacific 4449
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Revenue years
On display
American Freedom Train
Present day
Preservation and maintenance
Other surviving locomotives
Film appearances
References
External links

Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam - 5 ways to travel via , and train Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam
How to get from Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam by train, night bus, rideshare, taxi, car or towncar
Find Transport to Rotterdam
There are 6 ways to get from Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam by train, night bus, rideshare, taxi, car or towncar
Train • 26 min
Rideshare • 1h
Night bus • 50 min
Taxi • 43 min
Drive • 43 min
Towncar • 43 min
Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam by train
Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam train schedules
Trains departing Wednesday, May 19, 2021
Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) → Rotterdam
Travel safe during COVID-19
Rules to follow in Netherlands
Travel within Netherlands
COVID-19 help in Netherlands
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS), Netherlands and Rotterdam, Netherlands?
Want to know more about travelling around Netherlands
More Questions & Answers
Rotterdam, Netherlands
Things to do in Rotterdam
Places to stay in Rotterdam
Rome2rio makes travelling from Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam easy.
Where to next?
Trips from Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS)
Trips to Rotterdam
Popular routes
 Thalys also services this route 4 times a day. Alternatively, Blablabus operates a vehicle from Amsterdam - Schipol Airport to Rotterdam once daily. Tickets cost 7€ - 9€ and the journey takes 50 min. Train operators
Dutch Railways (NS)
Dutch Railways (NS) is the main passenger railway operator in the Netherlands. Founded in 1938, NS connects all major cities in the Netherlands, and offers night trains, international trains, Intercity direct, and trains to and from the airport. NS International is the international subsidiary of NS; their services include high-speed trains such as Thalys, ICE International, Eurostar and TGV, to major European hubs including Paris, London, Brussels, Berlin, Cologne, Frankfurt and Lille. Contact Details
Phone
+31 30 751 5155
Website
ns.nl
Train from Schiphol Airport to Rotterdam Centraal
Ave. Duration
26 min
Frequency
Every 20 minutes
Estimated price
9€ - 21€
Website
Dutch Railways (NS)
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
9€ - 13€
1st Class
16€ - 21€
Train at Hoek van Holland Strand
Roel Hemkes
2nd class
MabelAmber
ICM Koploper
Wikipedia
NS Double decker train
Wikipedia
Interior of 2nd Class
Wikipedia
NS DM 90 exterior
Wikipedia
NS DM 90 interior
Wikipedia
Thalys
Phone
+32 70 66 77 88
Website
thalys.com
Train from Schiphol Airport to Rotterdam Centraal
Ave. Duration
20 min
Frequency
4 times a day
Estimated price
40€ - 75€
Website
Thalys
Standard
40€ - 55€
Comfort
50€ - 70€
Premium
50€ - 75€
Standard seats
The Man in Seat 61...
1st class seats
The Man in Seat 61...
On board cafe-bar
The Man in Seat 61...
Paris - Amsterdam high speed train
Rail Europe
Thalys exterior
Wikipedia
Thalys 1st class
Wikipedia
Thalys 2nd class
Wikipedia
Bus operators
Blablabus
As the bus subsidiary of French railway SNCF, Ouibus offers eco-friendly coaches serving 35 French cities and 10 European cities at affordable fares.

Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam - 5 ways to travel via , and train

Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam
How to get from Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam by train, night bus, rideshare, taxi, car or towncar
Find Transport to Rotterdam
There are 6 ways to get from Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam by train, night bus, rideshare, taxi, car or towncar
Train • 26 min
Rideshare • 1h
Night bus • 50 min
Taxi • 43 min
Drive • 43 min
Towncar • 43 min
Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam by train
Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam train schedules
Trains departing Wednesday, May 19, 2021
Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) → Rotterdam
Travel safe during COVID-19
Rules to follow in Netherlands
Travel within Netherlands
COVID-19 help in Netherlands
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS), Netherlands and Rotterdam, Netherlands?
Want to know more about travelling around Netherlands
More Questions & Answers
Rotterdam, Netherlands
Things to do in Rotterdam
Places to stay in Rotterdam
Rome2rio makes travelling from Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS) to Rotterdam easy.
Where to next?
Trips from Amsterdam Schiphol Airport (AMS)
Trips to Rotterdam
Popular routes

Thalys also services this route 4 times a day. Alternatively, Blablabus operates a vehicle from Amsterdam - Schipol Airport to Rotterdam once daily. Tickets cost 7€ - 9€ and the journey takes 50 min. Train operators
Dutch Railways (NS)
Dutch Railways (NS) is the main passenger railway operator in the Netherlands. Founded in 1938, NS connects all major cities in the Netherlands, and offers night trains, international trains, Intercity direct, and trains to and from the airport. NS International is the international subsidiary of NS; their services include high-speed trains such as Thalys, ICE International, Eurostar and TGV, to major European hubs including Paris, London, Brussels, Berlin, Cologne, Frankfurt and Lille. Contact Details
Phone
+31 30 751 5155
Website
ns.nl
Train from Schiphol Airport to Rotterdam Centraal
Ave. Duration
26 min
Frequency
Every 20 minutes
Estimated price
9€ - 21€
Website
Dutch Railways (NS)
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
9€ - 13€
1st Class
16€ - 21€
Train at Hoek van Holland Strand
Roel Hemkes
2nd class
MabelAmber
ICM Koploper
Wikipedia
NS Double decker train
Wikipedia
Interior of 2nd Class
Wikipedia
NS DM 90 exterior
Wikipedia
NS DM 90 interior
Wikipedia
Thalys
Phone
+32 70 66 77 88
Website
thalys.com
Train from Schiphol Airport to Rotterdam Centraal
Ave. Duration
20 min
Frequency
4 times a day
Estimated price
40€ - 75€
Website
Thalys
Standard
40€ - 55€
Comfort
50€ - 70€
Premium
50€ - 75€
Standard seats
The Man in Seat 61...
1st class seats
The Man in Seat 61...
On board cafe-bar
The Man in Seat 61...
Paris - Amsterdam high speed train
Rail Europe
Thalys exterior
Wikipedia
Thalys 1st class
Wikipedia
Thalys 2nd class
Wikipedia
Bus operators
Blablabus
As the bus subsidiary of French railway SNCF, Ouibus offers eco-friendly coaches serving 35 French cities and 10 European cities at affordable fares.

Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Italy?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: Italy
What are my options for rail passes that cover Italy?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Italian trains?
What do rail passes cover in Italy?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Italy?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?
 Regional trains: Most trains that aren't on the main lines, such as connections to Assisi, as well as most Florence–Pisa–Cinque Terre service, don't require (or even offer) reservations. You can buy passholder seat reservations at train stations and major travel agencies, reserving several key trains in one visit. You can also book them through the Trenitalia app (look for the rate called "Global Pass," which works for the single-country Italy Eurail Pass, too). There is no deadline to reserve and no limit to the number of seats allocated to rail-pass holders on the Italian State Railway. What do rail passes cover in Italy? Aside from the extra reservation fees required for certain classes of train (see above), Eurail passes cover all travel on trains run by the Italian State Railway ( Ferrovie dello Stato Italiano ). Rail passes do not, however, cover most of Italy's privately run trains, such as these biggies: Thello: Thello operates the only direct night train between France (Paris or Dijon) and Italy (stops include Milan, Verona, and Venice);

Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Italy?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: Italy
What are my options for rail passes that cover Italy?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Italian trains?
What do rail passes cover in Italy?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Italy?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?

Regional trains: Most trains that aren't on the main lines, such as connections to Assisi, as well as most Florence–Pisa–Cinque Terre service, don't require (or even offer) reservations. You can buy passholder seat reservations at train stations and major travel agencies, reserving several key trains in one visit. You can also book them through the Trenitalia app (look for the rate called "Global Pass," which works for the single-country Italy Eurail Pass, too). There is no deadline to reserve and no limit to the number of seats allocated to rail-pass holders on the Italian State Railway. What do rail passes cover in Italy? Aside from the extra reservation fees required for certain classes of train (see above), Eurail passes cover all travel on trains run by the Italian State Railway ( Ferrovie dello Stato Italiano ). Rail passes do not, however, cover most of Italy's privately run trains, such as these biggies: Thello: Thello operates the only direct night train between France (Paris or Dijon) and Italy (stops include Milan, Verona, and Venice);

France Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves France Rail Passes and Train Tips
France Rail Passes and Train Tips
Are rail passes a good value for France?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: France
What are my options for rail passes that cover France?
Do I need to make seat reservations on French trains?
What do rail passes cover in France?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in France?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?
 Eurostar trains across the English Channel between London and France (Paris, Lille, and Disneyland) accept Eurail Global Passes, but not the single-country France Pass. Reservations cost about $35 in Standard class or $45 in Standard Premier in addition to starting use of a rail pass travel day. Night trains within France are now rare. On those still running, four-passenger couchette compartments require a first-class ticket or rail pass, six-passenger couchettes accept second-class rail passes, and there are no private sleepers. ( Direct night trains to Italy, however, do not accept rail passes; see our advice on Paris–Italy trains .) Book your required-reservation train trips as soon as you can commit to a date and time; they're available starting 90 days in advance (sometimes even earlier). To check whether a given train requires reservations, check online train schedules. What do rail passes cover in France?

France Rail Passes and Train Tips
France Rail Passes and Train Tips
Are rail passes a good value for France?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: France
What are my options for rail passes that cover France?
Do I need to make seat reservations on French trains?
What do rail passes cover in France?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in France?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?

Eurostar trains across the English Channel between London and France (Paris, Lille, and Disneyland) accept Eurail Global Passes, but not the single-country France Pass. Reservations cost about $35 in Standard class or $45 in Standard Premier in addition to starting use of a rail pass travel day. Night trains within France are now rare. On those still running, four-passenger couchette compartments require a first-class ticket or rail pass, six-passenger couchettes accept second-class rail passes, and there are no private sleepers. ( Direct night trains to Italy, however, do not accept rail passes; see our advice on Paris–Italy trains .) Book your required-reservation train trips as soon as you can commit to a date and time; they're available starting 90 days in advance (sometimes even earlier). To check whether a given train requires reservations, check online train schedules. What do rail passes cover in France?

Brussels Central Station to Utrecht - 6 ways to travel via train, bus, and car Brussels Central Station to Utrecht
How to get from Brussels Central Station to Utrecht by train, bus, car or plane
There are 6 ways to get from Brussels Central Station to Utrecht by train, bus, car or plane
Recommended option
Train • 2h 42m
Cheapest option
Bus via Brussels City Center - Midi Train station • 3h 44m
4 alternative options
Train, bus • 3h 18m
Bus • 4h 14m
Drive • 1h 58m
Fly, train • 2h 57m
Travel safe during COVID-19
International entry into Netherlands from Belgium
Conditions of entry into Netherlands from Belgium
Rules to follow in Netherlands
Considerations leaving from Belgium
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Brussels Central Station, Belgium and Utrecht, Netherlands?
Flights from Brussels to Amsterdam Schiphol
Train from Brux.-/ Brus-Centr. to Breda
Contact Details
Train from Brussel-Centraal to Breda
Train from Breda to Hertogenbosch
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Train from Schiphol Airport to Utrecht Centraal
Contact Details
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Bus from Breda, Centraal Station to Utrecht, CS Jaarbeurszijde
Contact Details
Bus from Brussels City Center - Midi Train station to Utrecht
Contact Details
Bus from Brussels, Brussels-North station to Utrecht
Want to know more about travelling around Netherlands
More Questions & Answers
Utrecht, Netherlands
Things to do in Utrecht
Places to stay in Utrecht
Rome2rio makes travelling from Brussels Central Station to Utrecht easy.
 their services include high-speed trains such as Thalys, ICE International, Eurostar and TGV, to major European hubs including Paris, London, Brussels, Berlin, Cologne, Frankfurt and Lille. Contact Details
Phone
+31 30 751 5155
Website
ns.nl
Train from Brussel-Centraal to Breda
Ave. Duration
1h 28m
Frequency
4 times a day
Estimated price
14€ - 35€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
14€ - 20€
1st Class
23€ - 35€
Train from Breda to Hertogenbosch
Ave. Duration
29 min
Frequency
Every 20 minutes
Estimated price
9€ - 22€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
9€ - 14€
1st Class
16€ - 22€
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Ave. Duration
27 min
Frequency
Every 15 minutes
Estimated price
10€ - 23€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
10€ - 14€
1st Class
16€ - 23€
Train from Schiphol Airport to Utrecht Centraal
Ave. Duration
32 min
Frequency
Every 20 minutes
Estimated price
8€ - 19€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
8€ - 12€
1st Class
14€ - 19€
Train at Hoek van Holland Strand
Roel Hemkes
2nd class
MabelAmber
ICM Koploper
Wikipedia
NS Double decker train
Wikipedia
Interior of 2nd Class
Wikipedia
NS DM 90 exterior
Wikipedia
NS DM 90 interior
Wikipedia
Deuts

their services include high-speed trains such as Thalys, ICE International, Eurostar and TGV, to major European hubs including Paris, London, Brussels, Berlin, Cologne, Frankfurt and Lille. Contact Details
Phone
+31 30 751 5155
Website
ns.nl
Train from Brussel-Centraal to Breda
Ave. Duration
1h 28m
Frequency
4 times a day
Estimated price
14€ - 35€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
14€ - 20€
1st Class
23€ - 35€
Train from Breda to Hertogenbosch
Ave. Duration
29 min
Frequency
Every 20 minutes
Estimated price
9€ - 22€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
9€ - 14€
1st Class
16€ - 22€
Train from Hertogenbosch to Utrecht Centraal
Ave. Duration
27 min
Frequency
Every 15 minutes
Estimated price
10€ - 23€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
10€ - 14€
1st Class
16€ - 23€
Train from Schiphol Airport to Utrecht Centraal
Ave. Duration
32 min
Frequency
Every 20 minutes
Estimated price
8€ - 19€
Website
NS
Book at
Netherlands Rail Pass
2nd Class
8€ - 12€
1st Class
14€ - 19€
Train at Hoek van Holland Strand
Roel Hemkes
2nd class
MabelAmber
ICM Koploper
Wikipedia
NS Double decker train
Wikipedia
Interior of 2nd Class
Wikipedia
NS DM 90 exterior
Wikipedia
NS DM 90 interior
Wikipedia
Deuts

British Rail Class 70 (diesel) - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 70 (diesel)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Class of diesel electric locomotives
This article is about the 2010s diesel locomotive. For the prototype electric locomotive produced by the Southern Railway in the 1940s, see British Rail Class 70 (electric). British Rail Class 70
Freightliner 70017 working a container train out of the Port of Felixstowe in June 2012
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
General Electric
Model
PH37ACmi
Build date
2008–2017
Total produced
37
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Co'Co'
• Commonwealth
Co-Co
Gauge
4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm) standard gauge
Wheel diameter
1,067 mm (42.0 in)
Length
21.710 m (71 ft 2.7 in)
Width
2.642 m (8 ft 8.0 in)
Height
3.917 m (12 ft 10.2 in)
Loco weight
129 t (127 long tons; 142 short tons) (empty) (135t full)
Fuel capacity
6,000 l (1,300 imp gal; 1,600 US gal)
Prime mover
GE PowerHaul P616
Alternator
GE GTA series
Traction motors
GE 5GEB30 axle hung
Train heating
None
Performance figures
Maximum speed
75 mph (121 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 2,750 kW (3,690 bhp)
Tractive effort
534 kN (120,000 lbf) ( starting)
Career
Operators
Freightliner
Colas Rail
Numbers
70001-70020
70801-70817
The British Rail Class 70 is a six-axle Co-Co mainline freight GE PowerHaul locomotive series manufactured by General Electric in Erie, Pennsylvania. They are operated in the United Kingdom by Freightliner and Colas Rail . Contents
1 Background and specification
2 Operations
2.1 Freightliner
2.2 Turkish demonstrator
2.3 Colas Rail
3 Accidents and incidents
4 Fleet list
5 See also
6 Notes
7 References
8 External links
Background and specification
Main article: GE PowerHaul
In November 2007, Freightliner announced Project Genesis (unrelated to GE's Genesis series built for Amtrak ), a procurement plan for 30 freight locomotives from General Electric (GE).

Blue Train (South Africa) - Wikipedia Blue Train (South Africa)
Blue Train (South Africa)
Blue Train
Contents
History
Route
See also
References
Further reading
External links
 In September 1972, two 16 carriage sets built by Union Carriage & Wagon were introduced. In 1997 it was refurbished and relaunched. In 2015, Class 20Es 20-031 and 20-032 were assigned to the train replacing Class 18Es. Route
Prior to 2002 the Blue Train operated on four distinct routes: the main Pretoria-Cape Town service
the scenic "Garden Route" from Cape Town to Port Elizabeth
to Hoedspruit, along the western edge of Kruger National Park
to Zimbabwe 's Victoria Falls
By 2004 the last two routes had been suspended, the former due to lack of patronage, the latter due to erratic rail rates being charged for access to the network of financially strapped Zimbabwe. As of 2007 the only regular route in operation was Pretoria-Cape Town; however special package tours were offered to Durban or the Bakubung Game Lodge. Other variations on the route have been offered. Shosholoza Meyl, the long-distance train division of the Passenger Rail Agency of South Africa, operates trains on the same Pretoria to Cape Town route. One train per day runs in each direction, but this not a 'luxury' service.

Blue Train (South Africa) - Wikipedia

Blue Train (South Africa)
Blue Train (South Africa)
Blue Train
Contents
History
Route
See also
References
Further reading
External links

In September 1972, two 16 carriage sets built by Union Carriage & Wagon were introduced. In 1997 it was refurbished and relaunched. In 2015, Class 20Es 20-031 and 20-032 were assigned to the train replacing Class 18Es. Route
Prior to 2002 the Blue Train operated on four distinct routes: the main Pretoria-Cape Town service
the scenic "Garden Route" from Cape Town to Port Elizabeth
to Hoedspruit, along the western edge of Kruger National Park
to Zimbabwe 's Victoria Falls
By 2004 the last two routes had been suspended, the former due to lack of patronage, the latter due to erratic rail rates being charged for access to the network of financially strapped Zimbabwe. As of 2007 the only regular route in operation was Pretoria-Cape Town; however special package tours were offered to Durban or the Bakubung Game Lodge. Other variations on the route have been offered. Shosholoza Meyl, the long-distance train division of the Passenger Rail Agency of South Africa, operates trains on the same Pretoria to Cape Town route. One train per day runs in each direction, but this not a 'luxury' service.

Llanfairpwll railway station - Wikipedia Llanfairpwll railway station
Llanfairpwll railway station
Llanfairpwll
Contents
History
Facilities
Services
Coronavirus
Gallery
See also
References
Further reading
External links
 Please update this article to reflect recent events or newly available information. ( March 2021)
Trains used to stop in each direction. These are Transport for Wales Rail Limited services between Holyhead and Chester via Llandudno Junction . These continue to Shrewsbury and then either Birmingham International or Cardiff Central, though a limited number run to/from Crewe instead. On Mondays to Saturdays, 9 services operates to Holyhead and 13 towards Chester. On Sundays, services are reduced to 6 towards Holyhead and 7 towards Chester. The station has very short platforms, only 40 yards (37 m) long. As a result, only one door on Transport for Wales intercity services is unlocked by the conductor/guard for passengers (Except for the BR classes 150/2 and 153 which occasionally visits Holyhead). Passengers who want to board or leave the train have to let the driver or guard know, because it is a Request stop. Preceding station

National Rail

Following station
Bangor

Transport for Wales Rail
North Wales Coast Line

Bodorgan
Coronavirus
Since 6th July 2020, trains have not called at the station;

Please update this article to reflect recent events or newly available information. ( March 2021)
Trains used to stop in each direction. These are Transport for Wales Rail Limited services between Holyhead and Chester via Llandudno Junction . These continue to Shrewsbury and then either Birmingham International or Cardiff Central, though a limited number run to/from Crewe instead. On Mondays to Saturdays, 9 services operates to Holyhead and 13 towards Chester. On Sundays, services are reduced to 6 towards Holyhead and 7 towards Chester. The station has very short platforms, only 40 yards (37 m) long. As a result, only one door on Transport for Wales intercity services is unlocked by the conductor/guard for passengers (Except for the BR classes 150/2 and 153 which occasionally visits Holyhead). Passengers who want to board or leave the train have to let the driver or guard know, because it is a Request stop. Preceding station

National Rail

Following station
Bangor

Transport for Wales Rail
North Wales Coast Line

Bodorgan
Coronavirus
Since 6th July 2020, trains have not called at the station;

Conductor (rail) - Wikipedia Conductor (rail)
Conductor (rail)
Contents
Commuter and freight trains in North America
Remote control locomotives
Train hosts
Subway trains in North America
Greater Boston
New York City
Port Authority Trans-Hudson
Chicago
Toronto
Train guard (United Kingdom, Australia, and New Zealand)
United Kingdom
Australia
New South Wales
Greater Sydney area
NSW Regional trains
Queensland
Victoria
South Australia
Western Australia
New Zealand
Conductors/guards in Europe
Germany
Switzerland
Netherlands/Belgium
Hungary
Railway guards in Asia
India
Japan
Tram (streetcar) conductor
See also
Footnotes
Further reading
External links
 Remote control locomotives
By the late 1990s, remote control locomotives were increasingly popular on North American railroads for switching duties in rail yards. This system allows the conductor to directly control the locomotive (s) via a wireless remote unit, as opposed to radioing commands to an engineer in the cab. Some Class I Rail Yards utilize RCO packs for their conductors, while others do not, depending on the size and type of Yard. Class I Railroads train conductors on the use of RCO packs with classroom and hands-on instruction, culminating with on-the-job training and certification as a RCO operator. Currently, Class I railroads such as Norfolk Southern require RCO qualified conductors to work from job boards that perform RCO operations exclusively (when in a yard that utilizes RCO switching). This ensures the extra training and pay these conductors receive will provide the company with maximum value for the investment. Train hosts
As there is no explicit Federal requirement for a two-person train crew in the United States, the Utah Transit Authority originally planned their FrontRunner service to be operated by an operator only, with revenue collected by a proof-of-payment system. Before operation began, the FRA required FrontRunner to employ a second crewmember on each train to assist with emergency evacuation, disabled access, and other safety-sensitive situations. FrontRunner classified this job as a train host, with a focus on customer service rather than railroad operations. Some other services, such as Amtrak's Downeaster, also use train hosts (paid or volunteer) to assist the assistant conductor with non-revenue-related customer service duties.

Conductor (rail) - Wikipedia

Conductor (rail)
Conductor (rail)
Contents
Commuter and freight trains in North America
Remote control locomotives
Train hosts
Subway trains in North America
Greater Boston
New York City
Port Authority Trans-Hudson
Chicago
Toronto
Train guard (United Kingdom, Australia, and New Zealand)
United Kingdom
Australia
New South Wales
Greater Sydney area
NSW Regional trains
Queensland
Victoria
South Australia
Western Australia
New Zealand
Conductors/guards in Europe
Germany
Switzerland
Netherlands/Belgium
Hungary
Railway guards in Asia
India
Japan
Tram (streetcar) conductor
See also
Footnotes
Further reading
External links

Remote control locomotives
By the late 1990s, remote control locomotives were increasingly popular on North American railroads for switching duties in rail yards. This system allows the conductor to directly control the locomotive (s) via a wireless remote unit, as opposed to radioing commands to an engineer in the cab. Some Class I Rail Yards utilize RCO packs for their conductors, while others do not, depending on the size and type of Yard. Class I Railroads train conductors on the use of RCO packs with classroom and hands-on instruction, culminating with on-the-job training and certification as a RCO operator. Currently, Class I railroads such as Norfolk Southern require RCO qualified conductors to work from job boards that perform RCO operations exclusively (when in a yard that utilizes RCO switching). This ensures the extra training and pay these conductors receive will provide the company with maximum value for the investment. Train hosts
As there is no explicit Federal requirement for a two-person train crew in the United States, the Utah Transit Authority originally planned their FrontRunner service to be operated by an operator only, with revenue collected by a proof-of-payment system. Before operation began, the FRA required FrontRunner to employ a second crewmember on each train to assist with emergency evacuation, disabled access, and other safety-sensitive situations. FrontRunner classified this job as a train host, with a focus on customer service rather than railroad operations. Some other services, such as Amtrak's Downeaster, also use train hosts (paid or volunteer) to assist the assistant conductor with non-revenue-related customer service duties.

Service Dog Training Seattle Bellevue Classes | Service Dog Academy Classes
Classes
Service Dog Training Classes for Medical Alert Dogs – Diabetic Alert, Seizure Alert, Narcolepsy Alert and Migraine Alert
Service Dog Training – Before You Get Your Dog
Dog Class Registration
Service Dog Training – After You Get Your Dog
Service Dog: Adult Access
Service Dog: Adult Task Training
 This class will cover
Patches, where to get and how to wear
Vest, lifetime or temporary, puppy or adult? Vest etiquette
Access to public places, do you have rights? How do approach your work with a service dog in training
What rights do you have when you travel
What type of paperwork/documentation should you keep with you? Setting boundaries with family and friends regarding the raising of your puppy/service dog
Time management
Spousal jealousy
How to deal with your dog acting up in public
How to deal with access challenges
How to pick your defining tasks
How to keep you and your dog safe
Importance of ensuring your dog has another individual it is close to
Jealousy issues with the other animals in the household
How to deal with the public inquisition
Becoming comfortable about talking about your disability
How to get under the access radar
Confronting the public about their actions
Financial saving graces
Add your class to your Google Calendar by visiting our Google Calendar page! Class Fee: $40 per person
What students are saying about this class: This class gives you real tools on how to deal with every day issues brought about by the service dog lifestyle
[message type=”erroneous”]Task Training and Adult Access classes: These class are intended for graduates of medical alert work only. If you have not passed through Diabetic Alert 101, yet and would like to train for service work, please refer to our types of service dogs we train page. At this time, we currently are unable to provide training for anything but medical alert dogs. [

Service Dog Training Seattle Bellevue Classes | Service Dog Academy

Classes
Classes
Service Dog Training Classes for Medical Alert Dogs – Diabetic Alert, Seizure Alert, Narcolepsy Alert and Migraine Alert
Service Dog Training – Before You Get Your Dog
Dog Class Registration
Service Dog Training – After You Get Your Dog
Service Dog: Adult Access
Service Dog: Adult Task Training

This class will cover
Patches, where to get and how to wear
Vest, lifetime or temporary, puppy or adult? Vest etiquette
Access to public places, do you have rights? How do approach your work with a service dog in training
What rights do you have when you travel
What type of paperwork/documentation should you keep with you? Setting boundaries with family and friends regarding the raising of your puppy/service dog
Time management
Spousal jealousy
How to deal with your dog acting up in public
How to deal with access challenges
How to pick your defining tasks
How to keep you and your dog safe
Importance of ensuring your dog has another individual it is close to
Jealousy issues with the other animals in the household
How to deal with the public inquisition
Becoming comfortable about talking about your disability
How to get under the access radar
Confronting the public about their actions
Financial saving graces
Add your class to your Google Calendar by visiting our Google Calendar page! Class Fee: $40 per person
What students are saying about this class: This class gives you real tools on how to deal with every day issues brought about by the service dog lifestyle
[message type=”erroneous”]Task Training and Adult Access classes: These class are intended for graduates of medical alert work only. If you have not passed through Diabetic Alert 101, yet and would like to train for service work, please refer to our types of service dogs we train page. At this time, we currently are unable to provide training for anything but medical alert dogs. [

LRT Line 1 (Metro Manila) - Wikipedia LRT Line 1 (Metro Manila)
LRT Line 1 (Metro Manila)
Contents
Route
Stations
History
Planning and funding
Construction and opening
Later extensions
Rolling stock
Ridership
Plans
South Extension Phase 1 (Line 1 South Extension)
Incidents and accidents
Rizal Day bombings
References
External links
 LRT Line 1 (Metro Manila) - Wikipedia
LRT Line 1 (Metro Manila)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
(Redirected from Manila Light Rail Transit System Line 1)
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Manila Metro line
LRT Line 1

A LRTA 1000 class LRV approaching Doroteo Jose station
Overview
Status
Operational
Owner
Department of Transportation – Light Rail Transit Authority
Line number
1
Locale
Metro Manila, Philippines
Termini
Roosevelt
Baclaran
Stations
20
Website
LRTA, LRMC
Service
Type
Light rapid transit
System
Manila Light Rail Transit System
Services
1
Operator (s)
Meralco Transit Organization (Metrorail) (1984–2000)
Light Rail Transit Authority (2000–2014)
Light Rail Manila Corporation (2014–present for OEM)
RATP Dev Transdev Asia
Depot (s)
Baclaran
Zapote (under construction)
Rolling stock
LRTA 1000 class
LRTA 1100 class
LRTA 1200 class
LRTA 13000 class (by 2021)
Daily ridership
453,000 daily (2018)
History
Opened
December 1, 1984; 36 years ago
( 1984-12-01)
Technical
Track length
19.65 km (12.21 mi)
32.4 km (20.1 mi) (2022)
Number of tracks
2
Character
Fully Elevated
Track gauge
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in) standard gauge
Electrification
750 V DC Overhead lines
Operating speed
Operating speed: 60 km/h (37 mph)
Design speed: 80 km/h (50 mph)
Route diagram
Legend

North Avenue
(under construction)
3 ( 7 MMS )

Roosevelt

Balintawak

North Luzon Expressway

Quezon City
Caloocan

Monumento

5th Avenue

Caloocan
Manila

R. Papa

Abad Santos

Blumentritt

Tayuman

Bambang

Doroteo Jose

Recto

Carriedo

Pasig River

Central Terminal

United Nations

Pedro Gil

Quirino

Vito Cruz

Manila
Pasay

Gil Puyat

Libertad

EDSA

Taft Avenue
3

Pasay Depot

Baclaran

↓ under construction

Pasay
Parañaque

Redemptorist

Manila International Airport

Asia World

Ninoy Aquino

Dr. A. Santos

Parañaque
Las Piñas

Las Piñas

Las Piñas
Bacoor

Zapote Depot

Zapote

Niog

This diagram: view
talk
edit
The Light Rail Transit Line 1 commonly referred to as LRT Line 1 or LRT-1 is a light rapid transit system line in Metro Manila, Philippines, operated by Light Rail Manila Corporation (LRMC) and owned by the Light Rail Transit Authority (LRTA) as part of the Manila Light Rail Transit System. Currently, the line consists of 20 stations and runs on 19.65 kilometers (12.21 mi) of fully elevated route. It travels in a general north–south direction from Baclaran to Monumento, and then east–west from Monumento to Roosevelt. The line links the cities of Quezon City, Caloocan, Manila, Pasay, and Parañaque. Passengers may transfer to the LRT Line 2 at Doroteo Jose station and to the MRT Line 3 at EDSA station . A 1977 study conducted by Freeman Fox and Associates suggested a street-level railway in Manila, but the government revised this recommendation to an elevated system.

LRT Line 1 (Metro Manila) - Wikipedia

LRT Line 1 (Metro Manila)
LRT Line 1 (Metro Manila)
Contents
Route
Stations
History
Planning and funding
Construction and opening
Later extensions
Rolling stock
Ridership
Plans
South Extension Phase 1 (Line 1 South Extension)
Incidents and accidents
Rizal Day bombings
References
External links

Thalys high-speed train | Eurail.com Thalys high-speed train
Thalys high-speed train
Thalys train routes
Reservations
Reservations on the Thalys high-speed trains are mandatory
How to make reservations for the Thalys
Reservation fees
Travel classes on Thalys trains
Added value to your trip
Facilities and services
Operated by:
 You can start making reservations up to 3 months in advance. How to make reservations for the Thalys
You can reserve your seat on the Thalys in the following ways: Through our Reservation Service
Through the Rail Planner App
At the website of the Belgian Railways (select tab 'Interrail')
Reservation fees
Starting February 18, 2020 Thalys will introduce new prices for the reservations on their trains. 1st class and 2nd class reservations fees will be aligned, meaning there will be no difference in prices. In addition, the Premium class is now exclusively open for 1st class Pass holders at no extra cost. Please note that all seats are subject to availability. If there are no longer seats for Premium class, 1st class Pass holders will be offered a seat in the Comfort class. Train type
1 st class (Premium/
Comfort class)
2 nd class (Standard class)
Reservation type
Thalys Paris - Belgium*
arrow-bottom
25 euros
25 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Paris - Germany
arrow-bottom
30 euros
30 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Paris - the Netherlands
arrow-bottom
30 euros
30 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Lille - the Netherlands
arrow-bottom
20 euros
20 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Belgium - the Netherlands
arrow-bottom
20 euros
20 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Belgium - Germany
arrow-bottom
25 euros
25 euros
Mandatory
*When traveling from Paris to Brussels National Airport, you'll need to pay an additional 5 euros. Travel classes on Thalys trains
There are 3 travel classes on Thalys trains: Standard class:

Thalys high-speed train | Eurail.com

Thalys high-speed train
Thalys high-speed train
Thalys train routes
Reservations
Reservations on the Thalys high-speed trains are mandatory
How to make reservations for the Thalys
Reservation fees
Travel classes on Thalys trains
Added value to your trip
Facilities and services
Operated by:

You can start making reservations up to 3 months in advance. How to make reservations for the Thalys
You can reserve your seat on the Thalys in the following ways: Through our Reservation Service
Through the Rail Planner App
At the website of the Belgian Railways (select tab 'Interrail')
Reservation fees
Starting February 18, 2020 Thalys will introduce new prices for the reservations on their trains. 1st class and 2nd class reservations fees will be aligned, meaning there will be no difference in prices. In addition, the Premium class is now exclusively open for 1st class Pass holders at no extra cost. Please note that all seats are subject to availability. If there are no longer seats for Premium class, 1st class Pass holders will be offered a seat in the Comfort class. Train type
1 st class (Premium/
Comfort class)
2 nd class (Standard class)
Reservation type
Thalys Paris - Belgium*
arrow-bottom
25 euros
25 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Paris - Germany
arrow-bottom
30 euros
30 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Paris - the Netherlands
arrow-bottom
30 euros
30 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Lille - the Netherlands
arrow-bottom
20 euros
20 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Belgium - the Netherlands
arrow-bottom
20 euros
20 euros
Mandatory
Thalys Belgium - Germany
arrow-bottom
25 euros
25 euros
Mandatory
*When traveling from Paris to Brussels National Airport, you'll need to pay an additional 5 euros. Travel classes on Thalys trains
There are 3 travel classes on Thalys trains: Standard class:

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 60
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
History
Design
Bodywork
Electrical
Prime mover
Engine dimensions
Current operators
DB Cargo UK
GB Railfreight
DCRail
Former operators
British Rail
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Naming and liveries
Scrapping
Fleet summary
Class list
Preservation
Models
Notes
References
Further reading
External links
 British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Class of diesel electric locomotives
British Rail Class 60
EWS 60068 passing through Castleton East Junction
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
Brush Traction, Loughborough
Build date
1989–1993
Total produced
100
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Co′Co′
• Commonwealth
Co-Co
Gauge
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in) standard gauge
Minimum curve
80 metres (4.0 chains)
Wheelbase
15.3 m (50.2 ft)
Length
21.34 m (70 ft 0 in)
Width
2.64 m (8 ft 8 in)
Height
3.95 m (13 ft 0 in)
Loco weight
129 t (127 long tons; 142 short tons) or
131 t (129 long tons; 144 short tons)
Fuel capacity
5,900 litres (1,300 imp gal; 1,560 US gal)
Prime mover
Mirrlees Blackstone 8MB275T
Displacement
18,100 cm 3 (1,100 in 3) per cylinder
Alternator
Brush BA1006A
Traction motors
6× Brush TM2161A
Cylinders
8
MU working
Within own class only
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Air
Performance figures
Maximum speed
60 mph (97 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 3,100 bhp (2,300 kW)
at rail: 2,415 bhp (1,801 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 106,500 lbf (474 kN)
Brakeforce
62 kN (13,900 lb f) or 74 kN (16,600 lb f)
Career
Operators
British Rail
DB Cargo UK
DCRail
GB Railfreight
Numbers
60001–60015
60017–60100
60500 (originally 60016)
Axle load class
Route availability 7
Disposition
29 in service, 66 stored, 3 preserved, 1 scrapped
The British Rail Class 60 is a class of Co-Co heavy freight diesel-electric locomotives built by Brush Traction. They are nicknamed Tugs by rail enthusiasts. During the 1980s, it became increasingly apparent that British Rail required a more capable Type 5 locomotive for its heavy freight trains.

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 60
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
History
Design
Bodywork
Electrical
Prime mover
Engine dimensions
Current operators
DB Cargo UK
GB Railfreight
DCRail
Former operators
British Rail
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Naming and liveries
Scrapping
Fleet summary
Class list
Preservation
Models
Notes
References
Further reading
External links

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Class of diesel electric locomotives
British Rail Class 60
EWS 60068 passing through Castleton East Junction
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
Brush Traction, Loughborough
Build date
1989–1993
Total produced
100
Specifications
Configuration:
• UIC
Co′Co′
• Commonwealth
Co-Co
Gauge
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in) standard gauge
Minimum curve
80 metres (4.0 chains)
Wheelbase
15.3 m (50.2 ft)
Length
21.34 m (70 ft 0 in)
Width
2.64 m (8 ft 8 in)
Height
3.95 m (13 ft 0 in)
Loco weight
129 t (127 long tons; 142 short tons) or
131 t (129 long tons; 144 short tons)
Fuel capacity
5,900 litres (1,300 imp gal; 1,560 US gal)
Prime mover
Mirrlees Blackstone 8MB275T
Displacement
18,100 cm 3 (1,100 in 3) per cylinder
Alternator
Brush BA1006A
Traction motors
6× Brush TM2161A
Cylinders
8
MU working
Within own class only
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Air
Performance figures
Maximum speed
60 mph (97 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 3,100 bhp (2,300 kW)
at rail: 2,415 bhp (1,801 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 106,500 lbf (474 kN)
Brakeforce
62 kN (13,900 lb f) or 74 kN (16,600 lb f)
Career
Operators
British Rail
DB Cargo UK
DCRail
GB Railfreight
Numbers
60001–60015
60017–60100
60500 (originally 60016)
Axle load class
Route availability 7
Disposition
29 in service, 66 stored, 3 preserved, 1 scrapped
The British Rail Class 60 is a class of Co-Co heavy freight diesel-electric locomotives built by Brush Traction. They are nicknamed Tugs by rail enthusiasts. During the 1980s, it became increasingly apparent that British Rail required a more capable Type 5 locomotive for its heavy freight trains.

France Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves France Rail Passes and Train Tips
France Rail Passes and Train Tips
Are rail passes a good value for France?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: France
What are my options for rail passes that cover France?
Do I need to make seat reservations on French trains?
What do rail passes cover in France?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in France?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?
 On direct TGV Lyria trains between France and major Swiss cities, for example, reservations are fairly expensive (with a Eurail Global Pass, about $35 in second class or $70 in first), but cheaper on TGVs within France. Be aware that seat reservations for direct daytime connections between Paris and anywhere in Italy or Spain sell out fairly far in advance. See our further advice on France–Italy trains. Thalys trains, which have a monopoly on the Paris–Brussels direct route (and also connect beyond Brussels to/from Amsterdam and Cologne/Dortmund), require reservations that cost $25–35 in addition to a pass that covers both ends of the trip (or $35–45 on direct Paris–Amsterdam trains). Reserve as far ahead as possible for Thalys trains to/from France. Eurostar trains across the English Channel between London and France (Paris, Lille, and Disneyland) accept Eurail Global Passes, but not the single-country France Pass. Reservations cost about $35 in Standard class or $45 in Standard Premier in addition to starting use of a rail pass travel day. Night trains within France are now rare. On those still running, four-passenger couchette compartments require a first-class ticket or rail pass, six-passenger couchettes accept second-class rail passes, and there are no private sleepers. ( Direct night trains to Italy, however, do not accept rail passes;

On direct TGV Lyria trains between France and major Swiss cities, for example, reservations are fairly expensive (with a Eurail Global Pass, about $35 in second class or $70 in first), but cheaper on TGVs within France. Be aware that seat reservations for direct daytime connections between Paris and anywhere in Italy or Spain sell out fairly far in advance. See our further advice on France–Italy trains. Thalys trains, which have a monopoly on the Paris–Brussels direct route (and also connect beyond Brussels to/from Amsterdam and Cologne/Dortmund), require reservations that cost $25–35 in addition to a pass that covers both ends of the trip (or $35–45 on direct Paris–Amsterdam trains). Reserve as far ahead as possible for Thalys trains to/from France. Eurostar trains across the English Channel between London and France (Paris, Lille, and Disneyland) accept Eurail Global Passes, but not the single-country France Pass. Reservations cost about $35 in Standard class or $45 in Standard Premier in addition to starting use of a rail pass travel day. Night trains within France are now rare. On those still running, four-passenger couchette compartments require a first-class ticket or rail pass, six-passenger couchettes accept second-class rail passes, and there are no private sleepers. ( Direct night trains to Italy, however, do not accept rail passes;

Frequently Asked Questions - Lifeguard Charlotte HOW DO I BECOME LIFEGUARD CERTIFIED?
HOW DO I BECOME LIFEGUARD CERTIFIED?
How long do my certifications last?
What skills do I have to pass for my certification?
Can I work at a pool near my house?
How long does the pool season last?
What do I have to wear?
How many hours a day will I have to work?
How can I teach swim lessons?
Do I get to choose where I work?
What if I have three weeks vacation planned?
 Frequently Asked Questions - Lifeguard Charlotte
Apply
Home
About Us
COVID-19
Why SCMG
Testimonials
Employment
Apply Here
Frequently Asked Questions
Guest Service Attendant
Lifeguard
Facility Trainer
Assistant Facility Director
Facility Director
Service Technician
Assistant Regional Director
Internship
Employee Forms
Time Change Request Form
Pay Error Correction
Duplicate W-2
Direct Deposit
Certificate Request Form
NC State Youth Work Permit Certificate
Training
Certification Classes
Traditions Training
Contact Us
Frequently Asked Questions
Home
About Us
COVID-19
Why SCMG
Testimonials
Employment
Apply Here
Frequently Asked Questions
Guest Service Attendant
Lifeguard
Facility Trainer
Assistant Facility Director
Facility Director
Service Technician
Assistant Regional Director
Internship
Employee Forms
Time Change Request Form
Pay Error Correction
Duplicate W-2
Direct Deposit
Certificate Request Form
NC State Youth Work Permit Certificate
Training
Certification Classes
Traditions Training
Contact Us
loading...
HOW DO I BECOME LIFEGUARD CERTIFIED? Swim Club Management Group, Inc. offers several American Red Cross Lifeguard certification classes at a special rate for our employee’s. We also offer CPR certification classes and Lifeguard re-certification classes. How long do my certifications last? The American Red Cross Lifeguard certification is valid for 2 years. The American Red Cross CPR/AED for the Professional Rescuer certification is valid for 2 years. What skills do I have to pass for my certification? Minimum age of 15
Swim 300 yards continuously
Tread water for 2 minutes using only the legs
Complete a timed event within 1 minute, 40 seconds
Starting in the water, swim 20 yards
Surface dive, feet first or head first, to a depth of 7 to 10ft. to retrieve a 10-lb object
Exit the water without using a ladder or steps
Understand the value of behaving in a professional manner
Understand emergency procedures and behaviors and be able to provide first aid and CRP
Can I work at a pool near my house? Swim Club Management Group, Inc. manages several swim clubs and country clubs in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties, including:

Frequently Asked Questions - Lifeguard Charlotte

HOW DO I BECOME LIFEGUARD CERTIFIED?
HOW DO I BECOME LIFEGUARD CERTIFIED?
How long do my certifications last?
What skills do I have to pass for my certification?
Can I work at a pool near my house?
How long does the pool season last?
What do I have to wear?
How many hours a day will I have to work?
How can I teach swim lessons?
Do I get to choose where I work?
What if I have three weeks vacation planned?

Frequently Asked Questions - Lifeguard Charlotte
Apply
Home
About Us
COVID-19
Why SCMG
Testimonials
Employment
Apply Here
Frequently Asked Questions
Guest Service Attendant
Lifeguard
Facility Trainer
Assistant Facility Director
Facility Director
Service Technician
Assistant Regional Director
Internship
Employee Forms
Time Change Request Form
Pay Error Correction
Duplicate W-2
Direct Deposit
Certificate Request Form
NC State Youth Work Permit Certificate
Training
Certification Classes
Traditions Training
Contact Us
Frequently Asked Questions
Home
About Us
COVID-19
Why SCMG
Testimonials
Employment
Apply Here
Frequently Asked Questions
Guest Service Attendant
Lifeguard
Facility Trainer
Assistant Facility Director
Facility Director
Service Technician
Assistant Regional Director
Internship
Employee Forms
Time Change Request Form
Pay Error Correction
Duplicate W-2
Direct Deposit
Certificate Request Form
NC State Youth Work Permit Certificate
Training
Certification Classes
Traditions Training
Contact Us
loading...
HOW DO I BECOME LIFEGUARD CERTIFIED? Swim Club Management Group, Inc. offers several American Red Cross Lifeguard certification classes at a special rate for our employee’s. We also offer CPR certification classes and Lifeguard re-certification classes. How long do my certifications last? The American Red Cross Lifeguard certification is valid for 2 years. The American Red Cross CPR/AED for the Professional Rescuer certification is valid for 2 years. What skills do I have to pass for my certification? Minimum age of 15
Swim 300 yards continuously
Tread water for 2 minutes using only the legs
Complete a timed event within 1 minute, 40 seconds
Starting in the water, swim 20 yards
Surface dive, feet first or head first, to a depth of 7 to 10ft. to retrieve a 10-lb object
Exit the water without using a ladder or steps
Understand the value of behaving in a professional manner
Understand emergency procedures and behaviors and be able to provide first aid and CRP
Can I work at a pool near my house? Swim Club Management Group, Inc. manages several swim clubs and country clubs in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties, including:

Montreal to Quebec City train | VIA Rail MONTRÉAL
QUÉBEC
TRAIN

MONTRÉAL
trajet
to
QUÉBEC
TRAIN
Discover our fares
on the Montréal - Québec city route
SCHEDULES
Travel Advisory
Legends and more information related to schedules
Make your time more profitable while travelling between Montréal - Québec
Compare how much more productive you can be in a train than in a plane or car.
ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Compare classes and train cars
Discover meals available on board
Carry-on baggage
CITIES ON ROUTE
MONTRÉAL
QUÉBEC CITY
 2 h 26 min + 30 min for traffic = 2 h 56 min
0123
4 5 6 7
Productive time
in car
: 0 h 00 min
*Car distance and trip time based on one-way trip according to Google Maps. ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Economy or Business class? *The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. Compare classes and train cars
Feature
Economy class
Business class
Complimentary Wi-Fi
Yes
Yes
Power outlets at your seat
Yes
Yes
Spacious seat
Yes
Yes
Meal
Affordable prices
Buy on board
Yes
Additional baggage allowance
No
Yes
Exclusive access to the in-station Business class lounge
*When travelling on an Economy Plus fare ticket (except with tickets booked using a Commuter Pass or with a CN or CP rail pass) or with an Economy Multi Pass. VIA Préférence Premier members only*
Yes
Priority boarding
VIA Préférence Premier members only
Yes
Same-day upgrades to Business class
Conditions
Not Applicable
Train cars
(This link opens a window)
*The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. LRC car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance service car
(This link opens a window)
LRC car
(This link opens a window)
Renovated LRC car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance service car
(This link opens a window)
Discover meals available on board
Economy class
Hot and cold meals at affordable prices
Local products selection
Access to our full-bar service
(This link opens a PDf file) See our menus
Business class
Three-course cateredtype meal included
Complimentary full-bar service
Hot and cold beverages at will
(This link opens a PDf file) See our menus
Carry-on baggage
Economy
Economy
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Business
Business
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Economy
Business
1 personal item
Max. 11,5 kg (25 lb)
Max.

Montreal to Quebec City train | VIA Rail

MONTRÉAL
QUÉBEC
TRAIN

MONTRÉAL
trajet
to
QUÉBEC
TRAIN
Discover our fares
on the Montréal - Québec city route
SCHEDULES
Travel Advisory
Legends and more information related to schedules
Make your time more profitable while travelling between Montréal - Québec
Compare how much more productive you can be in a train than in a plane or car.
ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Compare classes and train cars
Discover meals available on board
Carry-on baggage
CITIES ON ROUTE
MONTRÉAL
QUÉBEC CITY

2 h 26 min + 30 min for traffic = 2 h 56 min
0123
4 5 6 7
Productive time
in car
: 0 h 00 min
*Car distance and trip time based on one-way trip according to Google Maps. ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Economy or Business class? *The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. Compare classes and train cars
Feature
Economy class
Business class
Complimentary Wi-Fi
Yes
Yes
Power outlets at your seat
Yes
Yes
Spacious seat
Yes
Yes
Meal
Affordable prices
Buy on board
Yes
Additional baggage allowance
No
Yes
Exclusive access to the in-station Business class lounge
*When travelling on an Economy Plus fare ticket (except with tickets booked using a Commuter Pass or with a CN or CP rail pass) or with an Economy Multi Pass. VIA Préférence Premier members only*
Yes
Priority boarding
VIA Préférence Premier members only
Yes
Same-day upgrades to Business class
Conditions
Not Applicable
Train cars
(This link opens a window)
*The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. LRC car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance service car
(This link opens a window)
LRC car
(This link opens a window)
Renovated LRC car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance service car
(This link opens a window)
Discover meals available on board
Economy class
Hot and cold meals at affordable prices
Local products selection
Access to our full-bar service
(This link opens a PDf file) See our menus
Business class
Three-course cateredtype meal included
Complimentary full-bar service
Hot and cold beverages at will
(This link opens a PDf file) See our menus
Carry-on baggage
Economy
Economy
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Business
Business
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Economy
Business
1 personal item
Max. 11,5 kg (25 lb)
Max.

Great Western main line - Wikipedia Great Western main line
Great Western main line
Contents
History
Heritage
Route
Services
Infrastructure
Tunnels, viaducts and major bridges
Line-side monitoring equipment
Planned developments
Electrification from Airport Junction to the west
Other proposals
Calls for station reopenings
Major incidents
Rolling stock
Commuter trains
High Speed Trains
Sleeper Trains
Notes
See also
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 Great Western main line - Wikipedia
Great Western main line
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
(Redirected from Great Western Main Line)
Jump to navigation Jump to search
English railway line linking London and Bristol
Not to be confused with West Coast Main Line or West of England line. Great Western main line
Maidenhead Railway Bridge carrying the line over the River Thames. Overview
Status
Operational
Owner
Network Rail
Locale
Greater London
South East England
South West England
Termini
London Paddington
Bristol Temple Meads
Stations
25
Service
Type
Commuter rail, Higher-speed rail
System
National Rail
Operator (s)
Great Western Railway
TfL Rail
Heathrow Express
Chiltern Railways
CrossCountry
South Western Railway
Depot (s)
North Pole
Reading
St Philip's Marsh depot
Rolling stock
Class 158
Class 159
Class 165
Class 166
Class 220
Class 221
Class 345
Class 387
Class 800
Class 802
History
Opened
30 June 1841 (complete line)
Technical
Line length
118 mi 19 ch (190.28 km)
Number of tracks
Four (London to Didcot)
Two (Didcot to Bristol)
Track gauge
4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm)
Old gauge
7 ft 1⁄4 in ( 2,140 mm)
Electrification
25 kV 50 hz AC OLE
Operating speed
125 mph (201 km/h) maximum
Signalling
AWS, TPWS, ATP
Route map
( Click to expand – Interactive map)

The Great Western main line (GWML) is a main line railway in England, that runs westwards from London Paddington to Bristol Temple Meads. It connects to other main lines such as those from Reading to Penzance and Swindon to Swansea. Opened in 1841, it was the original route of the first Great Western Railway which was merged into the Western Region of British Railways in 1948. It is now a part of the national rail system managed by Network Rail with the majority of passenger services provided by the current Great Western Railway franchise. The line has recently been electrified along most of its length. The eastern section from Paddington to Hayes & Harlington was electrified in 1998. Work to electrify the remainder of the route started in 2011 with an initial aim to complete the work all the way to Bristol by 2016, but in that year the section through Bath to Bristol Temple Meads was deferred with no date set for completion because costs had tripled. Contents
1 History
1.1 Heritage
2 Route
3 Services
4 Infrastructure
4.1 Tunnels, viaducts and major bridges
4.1.1 Line-side monitoring equipment
5 Planned developments
5.1 Electrification from Airport Junction to the west
5.2 Other proposals
5.3 Calls for station reopenings
6 Major incidents
7 Rolling stock
7.1 Commuter trains
7.2 High Speed Trains
7.3 Sleeper Trains
8 Notes
9 See also
10 References
10.1 Sources
11 Further reading
12 External links
History
See also:

Great Western main line - Wikipedia

Great Western main line
Great Western main line
Contents
History
Heritage
Route
Services
Infrastructure
Tunnels, viaducts and major bridges
Line-side monitoring equipment
Planned developments
Electrification from Airport Junction to the west
Other proposals
Calls for station reopenings
Major incidents
Rolling stock
Commuter trains
High Speed Trains
Sleeper Trains
Notes
See also
References
Sources
Further reading
External links

British Rail Class 08 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 08
British Rail Class 08
Contents
History
Exported locomotives
Operations
Technical description
Design variations
Class 08/9
BR Class 13
Fleet
Preservation
Models
In fiction
References
Further reading
External links
 British Rail Class 08 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 08
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
British Rail Class 08
08 801 at Penzance station in 1990
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
British Railways: Crewe Works
Darlington Works
Derby Works
Doncaster Works
Horwich Works
Build date
1952–1962
Total produced
996
Specifications
Configuration:
• Whyte
0-6-0
• UIC
C
Wheel diameter
4 ft 6 in (1.372 m)
Wheelbase
11 ft 6 in (3.505 m)
Length
29 ft 3 in (8.92 m)
Width
8 ft 6 in (2.591 m)
Height
12 ft 8
+
5⁄8 in (3.877 m)
11 ft 9
+
5⁄8 in (3.597 m) (08/9)
Loco weight
49 long tons (49.8 t; 54.9 short tons) to
51 long tons (51.8 t; 57.1 short tons)
Fuel capacity
668 imp gal (3,040 l; 802 US gal)
Prime mover
English Electric 6KT
Generator
DC
Traction motors
DC English Electric 506, 2 off
Transmission
Diesel-electric transmission, double reduction gearing
MU working
Not originally fitted, some retrofitted with type ★ Blue Star
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Vacuum, later Air & Vacuum or Air only
Performance figures
Maximum speed
15 mph (24 km/h) or 20 mph (32 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 350 hp (261 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 35,000 lbf (160 kN)
Brakeforce
19 long tons-force (190 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
InterCity
Network SouthEast
Rail Express Systems
Freightliner
Eurostar
DB Cargo UK
GNER
National Express East Coast
East Coast
Virgin Trains East Coast
LNER
Midland Mainline
East Midlands Trains
East Midlands Railway
Arriva Rail North
Northern Trains
Harry Needle Railroad Company
Foster Yeoman
Mendip Rail
Numbers
13000–13116, 13127–13136, 13167–13365; later: D3000–D3116, D3127–D3136, D3167-D3365 (renumbered from above), D3366–D3438, D3454–D3472, D3503–D3611, D3652–D3664, D3672–D3718, D3722–D4048, D4095–D4098, D4115–D4192;

British Rail Class 08 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 08 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 08
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
British Rail Class 08
08 801 at Penzance station in 1990
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-electric
Builder
British Railways: Crewe Works
Darlington Works
Derby Works
Doncaster Works
Horwich Works
Build date
1952–1962
Total produced
996
Specifications
Configuration:
• Whyte
0-6-0
• UIC
C
Wheel diameter
4 ft 6 in (1.372 m)
Wheelbase
11 ft 6 in (3.505 m)
Length
29 ft 3 in (8.92 m)
Width
8 ft 6 in (2.591 m)
Height
12 ft 8
+
5⁄8 in (3.877 m)
11 ft 9
+
5⁄8 in (3.597 m) (08/9)
Loco weight
49 long tons (49.8 t; 54.9 short tons) to
51 long tons (51.8 t; 57.1 short tons)
Fuel capacity
668 imp gal (3,040 l; 802 US gal)
Prime mover
English Electric 6KT
Generator
DC
Traction motors
DC English Electric 506, 2 off
Transmission
Diesel-electric transmission, double reduction gearing
MU working
Not originally fitted, some retrofitted with type ★ Blue Star
Train heating
None
Train brakes
Vacuum, later Air & Vacuum or Air only
Performance figures
Maximum speed
15 mph (24 km/h) or 20 mph (32 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 350 hp (261 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 35,000 lbf (160 kN)
Brakeforce
19 long tons-force (190 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
InterCity
Network SouthEast
Rail Express Systems
Freightliner
Eurostar
DB Cargo UK
GNER
National Express East Coast
East Coast
Virgin Trains East Coast
LNER
Midland Mainline
East Midlands Trains
East Midlands Railway
Arriva Rail North
Northern Trains
Harry Needle Railroad Company
Foster Yeoman
Mendip Rail
Numbers
13000–13116, 13127–13136, 13167–13365; later: D3000–D3116, D3127–D3136, D3167-D3365 (renumbered from above), D3366–D3438, D3454–D3472, D3503–D3611, D3652–D3664, D3672–D3718, D3722–D4048, D4095–D4098, D4115–D4192;

British Rail Class 175 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 175
British Rail Class 175
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Description
Operations
Accidents and Incidents
Fleet details
Named units
References
Sources
External links
 British Rail Class 175 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 175
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
class of diesel multiple unit passenger train
British Rail Class 175 Coradia 1000
Transport for Wales 175003 at Hereford in 2018
Interior of Transport for Wales 175111 in 2021
In service
20 June 2000 – present
Manufacturer
Alstom
Built at
Washwood Heath
Family name
Coradia
Replaced
Class 101
Class 309
Constructed
1999–2001
Number built
27 sets
Number in service
27 sets
Formation
175/0: 2 cars per train set (DMSL-DMSL)
175/1: 3 cars per train set (DMSL-MSL-DMSL)
Capacity
136 seats per 2-car unit
Operator (s)
Transport for Wales
Depot (s)
Chester
Specifications
Car body construction
Steel
Car length
Driving end vehicles 23.71 m (77 ft 9 1⁄2 in)
Centre cars 23.03 m (75 ft 6 3⁄4 in)
Width
2.73 m (8 ft 11 1⁄2 in)
Doors
Swing plug at vehicle ends
Articulated sections
Flexible diaphragm within unit only
Maximum speed
100 mph (160 km/h)
Weight
97.85 t (96.30 long tons; 107.86 short tons) or 144.14 t (141.86 long tons; 158.89 short tons) per set
Prime mover (s)
One per car
Cummins N14
Engine type
14-litre 6-cylinder turbo- Diesel
Power output
450 hp (340 kW) per engine
Transmission
Voith T211 hydraulic transmission
ZF final drive
2 axles driven per car
Braking system (s)
Friction/ Hydrodynamic retarder (Retarders bypassed due to unreliability)
Safety system (s)
AWS, TPWS
Coupling system
Scharfenberg
Track gauge
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8 1⁄2 in) standard gauge
The British Rail Class 175 Coradia 1000 is a type of diesel multiple-unit passenger train operated by Transport for Wales in the United Kingdom. The fleet of 27 sets was built between 1999 and 2001 by Alstom at Washwood Heath . Owned by Angel Trains, they were originally leased to First North Western, before being transferred to Wales & Borders, and then to Arriva Trains Wales and then Transport for Wales. Contents
1 Description
2 Operations
2.1 Accidents and Incidents
3 Fleet details
3.1 Named units
4 References
4.1 Sources
5 External links
Description
In July 1997, North Western Trains placed an order with Alstom for 27 sets. The original order was for eleven two-carriage units with a top speed of 100 mph, seven three-carriage units with a top speed of 100 mph and nine three-carriage units with a top speed of 125 mph. This was reconfigured to eleven two-carriage and sixteen three-carriage units all with a top speed of 100 mph.

British Rail Class 175 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 175
British Rail Class 175
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
Description
Operations
Accidents and Incidents
Fleet details
Named units
References
Sources
External links

AVE - Wikipedia AVE
AVE
AVE
Contents
History
New rail link to Andalusia
AVANT – Media Distancia
Madrid–Barcelona
Northern corridors
Eastern corridors
International connection with France
Incidents and accidents
Operational services
Trains
Lines in operation
North-western corridor
Madrid–Sanabria
The Atlantic Axis
North corridor
Madrid–León
North-eastern corridor
Madrid–Barcelona
Barcelona–Perpignan (France)
Madrid–Huesca
Eastern corridor
Madrid–Castellón
Madrid–Alicante
Madrid–Orihuela
South corridor
Madrid–Seville
Madrid–Málaga
Madrid–Toledo
Madrid–Granada
Lines under construction
Madrid interconnector
North-western corridor
Sanabria–Ourense
North corridor
León–Gijón
Valladolid–Vitoria
Basque Y
North-eastern corridor
Tunnel Sants–La Sagrera
Eastern corridor
Alicante–Cartagena
South corridor
Seville–Antequera
Madrid–Jaén
Mediterranean corridor
Tarragona–Almería
South-western corridor
Madrid–Extremadura
Two Seas corridor
Zaragoza–Pamplona
Lines planned
Cantabrian Sea corridor
Two seas corridor
Central-Pyrenees corridor
North corridor – Madrid-Santander high-speed line
Passenger usage
See also
Other high-speed rail services
Rail infrastructure in Spain and Europe
Notes
References
External links
 It has compatibility with neighbouring countries' railway systems as well. In October 2015 an extension of the Madrid-Seville high-speed rail line to Cádiz was completed after 14 years of works and put in service by Alvia trains for speeds up to 200 km/h. In 2019 the Antequera–Granada high-speed rail line opened. AVANT – Media Distancia
Class 104 train. Class 114 train. In 1992, a new high-speed medium distance service ( AV Media Distancia operating under the AVE Lanzadera brand) began between Madrid, Ciudad Real and Puertollano, using spare class 100 trains. In November 2003 a new service began between Seville and Córdoba using new class 104 trains, reducing journey times between the two cities to 40 minutes. In 2005 the brand was renamed RENFE Avant, and all services started to use class 104 trains, leaving class 100 for AVE services. The construction of a 21-kilometre (13 mi) stretch of high-speed line from Madrid to Toledo allowed the inauguration of a medium distance service in November 2005. The journey time between the two cities is now less than 30 minutes.

AVE - Wikipedia

AVE
AVE
AVE
Contents
History
New rail link to Andalusia
AVANT – Media Distancia
Madrid–Barcelona
Northern corridors
Eastern corridors
International connection with France
Incidents and accidents
Operational services
Trains
Lines in operation
North-western corridor
Madrid–Sanabria
The Atlantic Axis
North corridor
Madrid–León
North-eastern corridor
Madrid–Barcelona
Barcelona–Perpignan (France)
Madrid–Huesca
Eastern corridor
Madrid–Castellón
Madrid–Alicante
Madrid–Orihuela
South corridor
Madrid–Seville
Madrid–Málaga
Madrid–Toledo
Madrid–Granada
Lines under construction
Madrid interconnector
North-western corridor
Sanabria–Ourense
North corridor
León–Gijón
Valladolid–Vitoria
Basque Y
North-eastern corridor
Tunnel Sants–La Sagrera
Eastern corridor
Alicante–Cartagena
South corridor
Seville–Antequera
Madrid–Jaén
Mediterranean corridor
Tarragona–Almería
South-western corridor
Madrid–Extremadura
Two Seas corridor
Zaragoza–Pamplona
Lines planned
Cantabrian Sea corridor
Two seas corridor
Central-Pyrenees corridor
North corridor – Madrid-Santander high-speed line
Passenger usage
See also
Other high-speed rail services
Rail infrastructure in Spain and Europe
Notes
References
External links

It has compatibility with neighbouring countries' railway systems as well. In October 2015 an extension of the Madrid-Seville high-speed rail line to Cádiz was completed after 14 years of works and put in service by Alvia trains for speeds up to 200 km/h. In 2019 the Antequera–Granada high-speed rail line opened. AVANT – Media Distancia
Class 104 train. Class 114 train. In 1992, a new high-speed medium distance service ( AV Media Distancia operating under the AVE Lanzadera brand) began between Madrid, Ciudad Real and Puertollano, using spare class 100 trains. In November 2003 a new service began between Seville and Córdoba using new class 104 trains, reducing journey times between the two cities to 40 minutes. In 2005 the brand was renamed RENFE Avant, and all services started to use class 104 trains, leaving class 100 for AVE services. The construction of a 21-kilometre (13 mi) stretch of high-speed line from Madrid to Toledo allowed the inauguration of a medium distance service in November 2005. The journey time between the two cities is now less than 30 minutes.

Pacer (British Rail) - Wikipedia Pacer (British Rail)
Pacer (British Rail)
Contents
Features
Background
Class 140
Class 141
Class 142
Class 143 and Class 144
Analysis
Replacements
CAF Civity
Vivarail D-Train
"144e Evolution"
Preservation
References
Further reading
 The two-car Class 140 was a prototype vehicle that was built in 1980 at British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL)'s Derby Litchurch Lane Works. This prototype was introduced with much fanfare during June 1981. During its trial period, the Class 140 toured various lines across the UK. It later functioned as a demonstration unit for the incoming fleet based on the type, the Class 141. By 1985, the unit was in use as a driver training vehicle. From September 1986, the sole Class 140 was allocated to Neville Hill. Initial testing with the Class 140 uncovered several issues, such as difficulty detecting the type via track circuits, this was reliably resolved by swapping the material of the brake blocks from a composite to iron. Two less easily addressable drawbacks were the high level of noise generated during transit, particularly on older jointed rails, which was a consequence of the railbus's direct connection between the underframe and suspension with the body that transmitted impact forces across the body. It was also observed that the inclusion of strengthening members in the mass-produced bus body added significantly to the overall production cost, which eliminated much of the cost advantage that was the primarily goal of the type. The original traction power train of the Class 140 consisted of a Leyland TL11 200 HP engine, a Self-Changing Gears mechanical automatic gearbox and a Gmeinder final drive unit on each car driving only a single axle.

Pacer (British Rail) - Wikipedia

Pacer (British Rail)
Pacer (British Rail)
Contents
Features
Background
Class 140
Class 141
Class 142
Class 143 and Class 144
Analysis
Replacements
CAF Civity
Vivarail D-Train
"144e Evolution"
Preservation
References
Further reading

The two-car Class 140 was a prototype vehicle that was built in 1980 at British Rail Engineering Limited (BREL)'s Derby Litchurch Lane Works. This prototype was introduced with much fanfare during June 1981. During its trial period, the Class 140 toured various lines across the UK. It later functioned as a demonstration unit for the incoming fleet based on the type, the Class 141. By 1985, the unit was in use as a driver training vehicle. From September 1986, the sole Class 140 was allocated to Neville Hill. Initial testing with the Class 140 uncovered several issues, such as difficulty detecting the type via track circuits, this was reliably resolved by swapping the material of the brake blocks from a composite to iron. Two less easily addressable drawbacks were the high level of noise generated during transit, particularly on older jointed rails, which was a consequence of the railbus's direct connection between the underframe and suspension with the body that transmitted impact forces across the body. It was also observed that the inclusion of strengthening members in the mass-produced bus body added significantly to the overall production cost, which eliminated much of the cost advantage that was the primarily goal of the type. The original traction power train of the Class 140 consisted of a Leyland TL11 200 HP engine, a Self-Changing Gears mechanical automatic gearbox and a Gmeinder final drive unit on each car driving only a single axle.

Warsaw to Łódź - 7 ways to travel via train, bus, rideshare, taxi, and car Warsaw to Łódź
How to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
There are 7 ways to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
Train • 1h 21m
Cheapest option
Rideshare • 1h 58m
Train via Dw. Zachodni 02 • 2h 8m
Train via Warszawa Gdanska • 2h 35m
Bus • 2h 46m
Taxi • 1h 19m
Drive • 1h 19m
Warsaw to Łódź by train
Warsaw to Łódź train schedules
Trains departing Saturday, May 29, 2021
Trains departing Sunday, May 30, 2021
Warsaw → Łódź
Travel safe during COVID-19
Rules to follow in Poland
Travel within Poland
COVID-19 help in Poland
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Warsaw, Poland and Łódź, Poland?
Want to know more about travelling around Poland
More Questions & Answers
Łódź, Poland
Things to do in Łódź
Places to stay in Łódź
Rome2rio makes travelling from Warsaw to Łódź easy.
Trips from Warsaw
Trips to Łódź
Popular routes
 Warsaw to Łódź - 7 ways to travel via train, bus, rideshare, taxi, and car
favorite_border
star_border
COVID-19 Travel restrictions may apply in Poland. Learn More. How to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
Search
Transport
FAQs
Map
Operators
Explore
There are 7 ways to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
Select an option below to see step-by-step directions and to compare ticket prices and travel times in Rome2rio's travel planner. Recommended option
Train • 1h 21m
Take the train from Warszawa Centralna to Lodz Fabryczna Ic / ...
17 zł - 70 zł
Cheapest option
Rideshare • 1h 58m
Take the rideshare from Warsaw to Lodz 130.1 km
17 zł
5 alternative options
Train via Dw. Zachodni 02 • 2h 8m
Take the train from Warszawa Zachodnia to Lodz Fabryczna Ic / ...
16 zł - 70 zł
Train via Warszawa Gdanska • 2h 35m
Take the train from Warszawa Gdanska to Lodz Fabryczna Ic / ...
40 zł - 70 zł
Bus • 2h 46m
Take the bus from Warsaw to Łódź, WPA Łódź Fabryczna N1322 / ...
40 zł - 55 zł
Taxi • 1h 19m
Take a taxi from Warsaw to Łódź 126.9 km
420 zł - 550 zł
Drive • 1h 19m
Drive from Warsaw to Łódź 126.9 km
50 zł - 75 zł
Quickest way to get there Cheapest option Distance between
Warsaw to Łódź by train
The train journey time between Warsaw and Łódź is around 1h 32m and covers a distance of around 131 km. The fastest train normally takes 1h 14m. Operated by PKP Intercity, Polregio and Łódzka Kolej Aglomeracyjna, the Warsaw to Łódź train service departs from Warszawa Centralna and arrives in Lodz Fabryczna. Typically 39 trains run weekly, although weekend and holiday schedules can vary so check in advance. The schedules shown below are for the next available departures. Warsaw to Łódź train schedules
Trains departing Saturday, May 29, 2021
PKP Intercity
14:46 Warsaw
1h 51m
16:37 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
17:07 Warsaw
1h 51m
18:58 Łódź
Stops
Direct
Łódzka Kolej Aglomeracyjna
17:40 Warsaw
1h 52m
19:32 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
20:50 Warsaw
1h 44m
22:34 Łódź
Stops
Direct
Łódzka Kolej Aglomeracyjna
21:29 Warsaw
1h 19m
22:48 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
23:15 Warsaw
1h 30m
00:45 Łódź
Stops
Direct
Trains departing Sunday, May 30, 2021
PKP Intercity
14:46 Warsaw
1h 51m
16:37 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
17:07 Warsaw
1h 51m
18:58 Łódź
Stops
Direct
Łódzka Kolej Aglomeracyjna
17:40 Warsaw
1h 52m
19:32 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
20:50 Warsaw
1h 44m
22:34 Łódź
Stops
Direct
PKP Intercity
1st class compartment
Dariusz Sieczkowski
PKP Intercity
First class compartment intercity train
Dariusz Sieczkowski
PKP Intercity
PKP Intercity Pendolino
Global Rail news
Warsaw → Łódź
Fully open
Share
Save this link to stay updated on COVID-19 restrictions
Travel safe during COVID-19
Rules to follow in Poland
1.5m
Mandatory
Travel within Poland
Observe COVID-19 safety rules
COVID-19 help in Poland
If you need help, visit the national COVID-19 website or call the COVID-19 Helpline 800 190 590
Frequently Asked Questions
Am I allowed to travel from Warsaw to Łódź?

Warsaw to Łódź
How to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
There are 7 ways to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
Train • 1h 21m
Cheapest option
Rideshare • 1h 58m
Train via Dw. Zachodni 02 • 2h 8m
Train via Warszawa Gdanska • 2h 35m
Bus • 2h 46m
Taxi • 1h 19m
Drive • 1h 19m
Warsaw to Łódź by train
Warsaw to Łódź train schedules
Trains departing Saturday, May 29, 2021
Trains departing Sunday, May 30, 2021
Warsaw → Łódź
Travel safe during COVID-19
Rules to follow in Poland
Travel within Poland
COVID-19 help in Poland
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Warsaw, Poland and Łódź, Poland?
Want to know more about travelling around Poland
More Questions & Answers
Łódź, Poland
Things to do in Łódź
Places to stay in Łódź
Rome2rio makes travelling from Warsaw to Łódź easy.
Trips from Warsaw
Trips to Łódź
Popular routes

British Rail Class 02 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 02
British Rail Class 02
Contents
Operation
Withdrawal
Preservation
Technical details
Industrial locomotives
Notes
Further reading
External links
 British Rail Class 02 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 02
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
British Rail Class 02
D2854 on the Middleton Railway in 1994
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-hydraulic
Builder
Yorkshire Engine Co.
Serial number
2809–2818, 2843–2852
Build date
1960–1961
Total produced
20
Specifications
Configuration:
• Whyte
0-4-0 DH
• UIC
B
Gauge
4 ft 8 1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm)
Wheel diameter
3 ft 4 in (1.016 m)
Minimum curve
1 chain (20 m)
Wheelbase
6 ft 0 in (1.829 m)
Length
21 ft 11 1⁄2 in (6.693 m)
Width
8 ft 6 in (2.59 m)
Height
11 ft 5 1⁄4 in (3.486 m)
Loco weight
28.60 long tons (29.06 t; 32.03 short tons)
Fuel capacity
300 imp gal (1,400 l; 360 US gal)
Prime mover
Rolls-Royce C6NFL176
Engine type
Straight-6 diesel
Transmission
Rolls-Royce 10,000-series 3-stage twin-disc torque converter, manually operated YEC reduction and reversing final drive gearbox
Train brakes
Vacuum
Performance figures
Maximum speed
19.5 mph (31.4 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 170 hp (130 kW)
At rail: 100 hp (75 kW)
Tractive effort
15,000 lbf (66.7 kN) (max)
Brakeforce
21 long tons-force (210 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
Number in class
20
Numbers
D2850–D2869; later 02 001–02 004
Axle load class
RA 2
Withdrawn
December 1969 - June 1975
Disposition
Seven preserved, remainder scrapped
The British Rail Class 02 were a class of twenty 0-4-0 diesel-hydraulic shunting locomotives built by the Yorkshire Engine Company in 1960 (first ten, D2850-D2859) and 1961 (D2860-D2869) for service in areas of restricted loading gauge and curvature such as docks. They had the door to the cab at the rear, with a railed veranda behind the cab; this feature was very unusual on British Rail locomotives although was used on many Yorkshire Engine Co. designs and was/is quite normal in North American practice. Contents
1 Operation
1.1 Withdrawal
2 Preservation
3 Technical details
4 Industrial locomotives
5 Notes
6 Further reading
7 External links
Operation
Initial deliveries were to Bank Hall shed in Liverpool and most were allocated to Depots around Liverpool or Manchester.

British Rail Class 02 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 02
British Rail Class 02
Contents
Operation
Withdrawal
Preservation
Technical details
Industrial locomotives
Notes
Further reading
External links

British Rail Class 02 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 02
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
British Rail Class 02
D2854 on the Middleton Railway in 1994
Type and origin
Power type
Diesel-hydraulic
Builder
Yorkshire Engine Co.
Serial number
2809–2818, 2843–2852
Build date
1960–1961
Total produced
20
Specifications
Configuration:
• Whyte
0-4-0 DH
• UIC
B
Gauge
4 ft 8 1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm)
Wheel diameter
3 ft 4 in (1.016 m)
Minimum curve
1 chain (20 m)
Wheelbase
6 ft 0 in (1.829 m)
Length
21 ft 11 1⁄2 in (6.693 m)
Width
8 ft 6 in (2.59 m)
Height
11 ft 5 1⁄4 in (3.486 m)
Loco weight
28.60 long tons (29.06 t; 32.03 short tons)
Fuel capacity
300 imp gal (1,400 l; 360 US gal)
Prime mover
Rolls-Royce C6NFL176
Engine type
Straight-6 diesel
Transmission
Rolls-Royce 10,000-series 3-stage twin-disc torque converter, manually operated YEC reduction and reversing final drive gearbox
Train brakes
Vacuum
Performance figures
Maximum speed
19.5 mph (31.4 km/h)
Power output
Engine: 170 hp (130 kW)
At rail: 100 hp (75 kW)
Tractive effort
15,000 lbf (66.7 kN) (max)
Brakeforce
21 long tons-force (210 kN)
Career
Operators
British Railways
Number in class
20
Numbers
D2850–D2869; later 02 001–02 004
Axle load class
RA 2
Withdrawn
December 1969 - June 1975
Disposition
Seven preserved, remainder scrapped
The British Rail Class 02 were a class of twenty 0-4-0 diesel-hydraulic shunting locomotives built by the Yorkshire Engine Company in 1960 (first ten, D2850-D2859) and 1961 (D2860-D2869) for service in areas of restricted loading gauge and curvature such as docks. They had the door to the cab at the rear, with a railed veranda behind the cab; this feature was very unusual on British Rail locomotives although was used on many Yorkshire Engine Co. designs and was/is quite normal in North American practice. Contents
1 Operation
1.1 Withdrawal
2 Preservation
3 Technical details
4 Industrial locomotives
5 Notes
6 Further reading
7 External links
Operation
Initial deliveries were to Bank Hall shed in Liverpool and most were allocated to Depots around Liverpool or Manchester.

Why the huge variety of diesel locomotives when first introduced? | RailUK Forums Why the huge variety of diesel locomotives when first introduced?
Why the huge variety of diesel locomotives when first introduced?
Masboroughlad
RailUK Forums
Swanny200
pdeaves
gordonthemoron
70014IronDuke
70014IronDuke
70014IronDuke
4973
Spartacus
coppercapped
Western Lord
Xenophon PCDGS
MK Tom
edwin_m
70014IronDuke
Strathclyder
Swanny200
edwin_m
Swanny200
RichmondCommu
randyrippley
randyrippley
Cowley
Associate Staff
General Discussion
Railtours & Preservation
RichmondCommu
Cowley
Associate Staff
General Discussion
Railtours & Preservation
Strathclyder
edwin_m
341o2
Bevan Price
Bevan Price
 granted, it would not have been as interesting!) Something along the lines of: Shunter - 08 type
Express, intercity loco - Class 47 or 50
Lighter, mixed traffic - 31 or 37
Heavy freight - 56s
Electrics - just 86s
I know its a random thought, but why was it so? Click to expand...
Do some research on the 'Pilot Scheme' diesels for the BR Modernisation Plan of 1955 - all will be revealed! A total of 174 locomotives were to be built and tested in a year or so of trial running before production orders were placed for the best types. Of the diesel-electrics there were to be three different Type 1 designs, six different Type 2 designs and two different Type 4 designs. No Type 3s were planned. One Type 2 diesel-hydraulic was planned and two different Type 4s. The largest batches ordered were for 20 locomotives, which were later called the Classes 20, 24, 26, 28 and 30. All the others were for batches of 3 to 10 locomotives.

Why the huge variety of diesel locomotives when first introduced? | RailUK Forums

Why the huge variety of diesel locomotives when first introduced?
Why the huge variety of diesel locomotives when first introduced?
Masboroughlad
RailUK Forums
Swanny200
pdeaves
gordonthemoron
70014IronDuke
70014IronDuke
70014IronDuke
4973
Spartacus
coppercapped
Western Lord
Xenophon PCDGS
MK Tom
edwin_m
70014IronDuke
Strathclyder
Swanny200
edwin_m
Swanny200
RichmondCommu
randyrippley
randyrippley
Cowley
Associate Staff
General Discussion
Railtours & Preservation
RichmondCommu
Cowley
Associate Staff
General Discussion
Railtours & Preservation
Strathclyder
edwin_m
341o2
Bevan Price
Bevan Price

granted, it would not have been as interesting!) Something along the lines of: Shunter - 08 type
Express, intercity loco - Class 47 or 50
Lighter, mixed traffic - 31 or 37
Heavy freight - 56s
Electrics - just 86s
I know its a random thought, but why was it so? Click to expand...
Do some research on the 'Pilot Scheme' diesels for the BR Modernisation Plan of 1955 - all will be revealed! A total of 174 locomotives were to be built and tested in a year or so of trial running before production orders were placed for the best types. Of the diesel-electrics there were to be three different Type 1 designs, six different Type 2 designs and two different Type 4 designs. No Type 3s were planned. One Type 2 diesel-hydraulic was planned and two different Type 4s. The largest batches ordered were for 20 locomotives, which were later called the Classes 20, 24, 26, 28 and 30. All the others were for batches of 3 to 10 locomotives.

Tangier - Wikitravel
YOU CAN EDIT THIS PAGE! Just click any blue "Edit" link and start writing!
Understand
Get in
By ferry
By plane
By rail
By car or motorcycle
By bus
Private car
By boat
Get around
See
Do
Buy
Eat
Street Food
Breakfast
Vegetarians
Drink
Sleep
Budget
Mid-range
Splurge
Stay safe
Get out
 Some taxis may go to the Grottes d'Hercule so you need to get off before they turn that way which is at Aswakas Salam Supermarket the fare is 5dh per seat. From there you can take another taxi in the direction of airport and just get off at the roundabout of the airport the fare is 3-5dh per seat and walk from there to the airport (20-30mins)
Coming from the airport, a grand taxi running into Tanger (10Dh) can be easily caught at the roundabout. By rail
ONCF opened a new train station, Tanger Ville, in 2003, which is now the end of the line. While it's closer to the city center than Tanger Morora, the original end-of-the-line, it's still quite a long walk so take a petit taxi for 15dhs or so. The country has an excellent railway system with 1,893km (1,176mi) of track and a fine intercity passenger service. Overnight train services running throughout Europe can connect with Morocco. Most of the time, non stop trains are fine but those which are not direct sometimes make unscheduled stops en route but do not panic as you will reach your destination eventually. There is a night-train leaving from Tangier to Marrakesh at 9:05PM costing 350 Dirhams for a couchette. There is a daily Train service to Fez for 155 Dirhams for a first class fare (5 hour journey)
When travelling overnight by train, it is usually cheaper to buy a couchette ticket than a first class ticket. Notice If you are taking the night train, and not using the sleeper cars, you will probably not get a good night sleep.

Tangier - Wikitravel

YOU CAN EDIT THIS PAGE! Just click any blue "Edit" link and start writing!
Understand
Get in
By ferry
By plane
By rail
By car or motorcycle
By bus
Private car
By boat
Get around
See
Do
Buy
Eat
Street Food
Breakfast
Vegetarians
Drink
Sleep
Budget
Mid-range
Splurge
Stay safe
Get out

Some taxis may go to the Grottes d'Hercule so you need to get off before they turn that way which is at Aswakas Salam Supermarket the fare is 5dh per seat. From there you can take another taxi in the direction of airport and just get off at the roundabout of the airport the fare is 3-5dh per seat and walk from there to the airport (20-30mins)
Coming from the airport, a grand taxi running into Tanger (10Dh) can be easily caught at the roundabout. By rail
ONCF opened a new train station, Tanger Ville, in 2003, which is now the end of the line. While it's closer to the city center than Tanger Morora, the original end-of-the-line, it's still quite a long walk so take a petit taxi for 15dhs or so. The country has an excellent railway system with 1,893km (1,176mi) of track and a fine intercity passenger service. Overnight train services running throughout Europe can connect with Morocco. Most of the time, non stop trains are fine but those which are not direct sometimes make unscheduled stops en route but do not panic as you will reach your destination eventually. There is a night-train leaving from Tangier to Marrakesh at 9:05PM costing 350 Dirhams for a couchette. There is a daily Train service to Fez for 155 Dirhams for a first class fare (5 hour journey)
When travelling overnight by train, it is usually cheaper to buy a couchette ticket than a first class ticket. Notice If you are taking the night train, and not using the sleeper cars, you will probably not get a good night sleep.

AVE - Wikipedia AVE
AVE
AVE
Contents
History
New rail link to Andalusia
AVANT – Media Distancia
Madrid–Barcelona
Northern corridors
Eastern corridors
International connection with France
Incidents and accidents
Operational services
Trains
Lines in operation
North-western corridor
Madrid–Sanabria
The Atlantic Axis
North corridor
Madrid–León
North-eastern corridor
Madrid–Barcelona
Barcelona–Perpignan (France)
Madrid–Huesca
Eastern corridor
Madrid–Castellón
Madrid–Alicante
Madrid–Orihuela
South corridor
Madrid–Seville
Madrid–Málaga
Madrid–Toledo
Madrid–Granada
Lines under construction
Madrid interconnector
North-western corridor
Sanabria–Ourense
North corridor
León–Gijón
Valladolid–Vitoria
Basque Y
North-eastern corridor
Tunnel Sants–La Sagrera
Eastern corridor
Alicante–Cartagena
South corridor
Seville–Antequera
Madrid–Jaén
Mediterranean corridor
Tarragona–Almería
South-western corridor
Madrid–Extremadura
Two Seas corridor
Zaragoza–Pamplona
Lines planned
Cantabrian Sea corridor
Two seas corridor
Central-Pyrenees corridor
North corridor – Madrid-Santander high-speed line
Passenger usage
See also
Other high-speed rail services
Rail infrastructure in Spain and Europe
Notes
References
External links
 The high-speed link combined with high property prices in Madrid has encouraged many Madrid commuters to settle in Ciudad Real, the first stop on the Madrid–Seville line. There has, however, been controversy over the construction of this line as the change to standard-gauge track meant that towns such as Getafe, Aranjuez and Algodor, which now have no commercial services, lost their direct services to Toledo. Furthermore, since Toledo is now connected by standard-gauge track it is impossible for other passenger or goods trains to reach it that have not come from other high-speed lines. Further Avant services have been launched with the expansion of the AVE lines to Valladolid, Barcelona, Málaga and Galicia. See below for details of all Avant services. In the Valladolid line, new class 114 trains are used. Both Avant class 104 and class 114 trains are Pendolino designs, without tilting capacity: - Avant class 104 trains are based in ETR 480
- Avant class 114 trains are based in ETR 600
Madrid–Barcelona
Main article: Madrid–Barcelona high-speed rail line
The Madrid– Zaragoza – Barcelona line was inaugurated on 20 February 2008, after parts of the line had operated since 2003 (Madrid–Zaragoza–Lleida) and 2006 (Lleida–Tarragona). This line is currently one of the world's fastest long-distance trains in commercial operation, with non-stop trains covering the 621 km (386 mi) between the two cities in just 2 hours 30 minutes, and those calling at all stations in 3 hours 10 minutes.

AVE - Wikipedia

The high-speed link combined with high property prices in Madrid has encouraged many Madrid commuters to settle in Ciudad Real, the first stop on the Madrid–Seville line. There has, however, been controversy over the construction of this line as the change to standard-gauge track meant that towns such as Getafe, Aranjuez and Algodor, which now have no commercial services, lost their direct services to Toledo. Furthermore, since Toledo is now connected by standard-gauge track it is impossible for other passenger or goods trains to reach it that have not come from other high-speed lines. Further Avant services have been launched with the expansion of the AVE lines to Valladolid, Barcelona, Málaga and Galicia. See below for details of all Avant services. In the Valladolid line, new class 114 trains are used. Both Avant class 104 and class 114 trains are Pendolino designs, without tilting capacity: - Avant class 104 trains are based in ETR 480
- Avant class 114 trains are based in ETR 600
Madrid–Barcelona
Main article: Madrid–Barcelona high-speed rail line
The Madrid– Zaragoza – Barcelona line was inaugurated on 20 February 2008, after parts of the line had operated since 2003 (Madrid–Zaragoza–Lleida) and 2006 (Lleida–Tarragona). This line is currently one of the world's fastest long-distance trains in commercial operation, with non-stop trains covering the 621 km (386 mi) between the two cities in just 2 hours 30 minutes, and those calling at all stations in 3 hours 10 minutes.

Flying Scotsman (train) - Wikipedia Flying Scotsman
(train)

Flying Scotsman (train)
Flying Scotsman
Contents
History
Operation
London & North Eastern Railway
Corridor tenders
British Rail
Privatisation
Flying Scotswoman
Locomotives
References
External links
 The Flying Scotsman is the only passenger service to run non-stop through Darlington and York. LNER's new "Azuma" units ( Class 800s and Class 801s) took over the service on 1 August 2019. Since then, this one train is scheduled to run to London in 4 hours exactly. Flying Scotswoman
To celebrate International Women’s Day on 6 March 2020, LNER rebranded the service the 'Flying Scotswoman' for a month. On 6 March 2020 the service was staffed entirely by women, displayed a special International Women’s Day livery and hosted a range of women from a variety of organisations in the rail industry as well as from LNER. Locomotives
As a major link between the capital cities of England and Scotland, the Flying Scotsman was an extremely long and heavy train, especially in the days before road and air transport became common. As such, it has required very powerful locomotives. Locomotives used to haul (and in some cases, specifically designed to haul) the Flying Scotsman have included: Stirling 4-2-2 'Singles' (GNR 1870)
Ivatt Class C1 (GNR 1897), the first British Atlantics
Gresley A1 and A3 Class Pacifics (LNER 1922), including the locomotive named after the train
Gresley A4 Class Pacifics (LNER 1935), the holder of the steam rail-speed record
British Railways Class 55 Deltic (BR 1961)
British Rail InterCity 125 (BR 1976, GNER 1996–2007, NEXC Dec 2007 – Nov 2009, EC 2009–2015, VTEC from 2015)
British Rail InterCity 225 (BR 1990, GNER from 1996 until 2007, National Express East Coast from December 2007 until November 2009, East Coast from November 2009 to March 2015, Virgin Trains East Coast from April 2015 to June 20

Flying Scotsman (train) - Wikipedia

Flying Scotsman
(train)

Flying Scotsman (train)
Flying Scotsman
Contents
History
Operation
London & North Eastern Railway
Corridor tenders
British Rail
Privatisation
Flying Scotswoman
Locomotives
References
External links

The Flying Scotsman is the only passenger service to run non-stop through Darlington and York. LNER's new "Azuma" units ( Class 800s and Class 801s) took over the service on 1 August 2019. Since then, this one train is scheduled to run to London in 4 hours exactly. Flying Scotswoman
To celebrate International Women’s Day on 6 March 2020, LNER rebranded the service the 'Flying Scotswoman' for a month. On 6 March 2020 the service was staffed entirely by women, displayed a special International Women’s Day livery and hosted a range of women from a variety of organisations in the rail industry as well as from LNER. Locomotives
As a major link between the capital cities of England and Scotland, the Flying Scotsman was an extremely long and heavy train, especially in the days before road and air transport became common. As such, it has required very powerful locomotives. Locomotives used to haul (and in some cases, specifically designed to haul) the Flying Scotsman have included: Stirling 4-2-2 'Singles' (GNR 1870)
Ivatt Class C1 (GNR 1897), the first British Atlantics
Gresley A1 and A3 Class Pacifics (LNER 1922), including the locomotive named after the train
Gresley A4 Class Pacifics (LNER 1935), the holder of the steam rail-speed record
British Railways Class 55 Deltic (BR 1961)
British Rail InterCity 125 (BR 1976, GNER 1996–2007, NEXC Dec 2007 – Nov 2009, EC 2009–2015, VTEC from 2015)
British Rail InterCity 225 (BR 1990, GNER from 1996 until 2007, National Express East Coast from December 2007 until November 2009, East Coast from November 2009 to March 2015, Virgin Trains East Coast from April 2015 to June 20

Transportation Tariffs | Article about Transportation Tariffs by The Free Dictionary Transportation Tariffs
Transportation Tariffs
Tariffs, Transportation
REFERENCES
Mentioned in ?
Encyclopedia browser ?
 Payment is collected for the volume of shipment made, which is measured in ton-kilometers. Four classes of freight are distinguished, based on the degree to which the vehicle’s cargo capacity is used. Tariffs for class 4 are twice as high as those for class 1. Time-based tariffs are also used, according to which payment is made by vehicle-hour and the amount is determined by the type and capacity of the vehicle. Tariffs for air transport correspond to two main zones. The first covers areas where rail transportation is available, and the second covers remote areas, where the prime cost of shipment is higher for a variety of reasons. On the average, tariffs in the second zone are 70 percent higher than those in the first zone. Passenger transportation tariffs are part of the overall system of retail prices for consumer products and services. For rail transport, they are differentiated according to the type of trip (longdistance or intracity), the type of train service (express or local), and the type of car (whether with padded or hard seating and whether a compartment or coach car). The lowest tariffs are for intracity commutation, covering only 20–30 percent of the cost of transportation.

Transportation Tariffs | Article about Transportation Tariffs by The Free Dictionary

Transportation Tariffs
Transportation Tariffs
Tariffs, Transportation
REFERENCES
Mentioned in ?
Encyclopedia browser ?

Payment is collected for the volume of shipment made, which is measured in ton-kilometers. Four classes of freight are distinguished, based on the degree to which the vehicle’s cargo capacity is used. Tariffs for class 4 are twice as high as those for class 1. Time-based tariffs are also used, according to which payment is made by vehicle-hour and the amount is determined by the type and capacity of the vehicle. Tariffs for air transport correspond to two main zones. The first covers areas where rail transportation is available, and the second covers remote areas, where the prime cost of shipment is higher for a variety of reasons. On the average, tariffs in the second zone are 70 percent higher than those in the first zone. Passenger transportation tariffs are part of the overall system of retail prices for consumer products and services. For rail transport, they are differentiated according to the type of trip (longdistance or intracity), the type of train service (express or local), and the type of car (whether with padded or hard seating and whether a compartment or coach car). The lowest tariffs are for intracity commutation, covering only 20–30 percent of the cost of transportation.

British Rail Class 66 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 66
British Rail Class 66
Contents
History
Background
Order and specification
United Kingdom
Continental Europe
UK importation
Emission compliance
Current operators
Colas Rail
DB Cargo UK
Direct Rail Services
Freightliner
GB Railfreight
Former operators
Advenza Freight
Fastline
Sub-classes
Names
Poor working environment
Accidents
Models
See also
References and sources
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 3,000 bhp (2,240 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 409 kN (91,900 lbf) at starting
Continuous: 260 kN (58,500 lbf) at 15.9 mph (25.6 km/h)
Brakeforce
68 tonnes (67 long tons; 75 short tons)
Career
Operators
Colas Rail
DB Cargo UK
Direct Rail Services
Freightliner
GB Railfreight
Numbers
66001–66250
66301–66305
66411–66434
66501–66599
66601–66625
66701–66792
66846–66850
66951–66957
Nicknames
'Shed'
Axle load class
Route availability 7
The Class 66 is a type of six-axle diesel-electric freight locomotive developed in part from the Class 59, for use on the railways of the UK. Since its introduction the class has been successful and has been sold to British and other European railway companies. In Continental Europe it is marketed as the EMD Class 66 (JT42CWR). Contents
1 History
1.1 Background
1.2 Order and specification
1.3 United Kingdom
1.4 Continental Europe
1.5 UK importation
1.6 Emission compliance
2 Current operators
2.1 Colas Rail
2.2 DB Cargo UK
2.3 Direct Rail Services
2.4 Freightliner
2.5 GB Railfreight
3 Former operators
3.1 Advenza Freight
3.2 Fastline
4 Sub-classes
5 Names
6 Poor working environment
7 Accidents
8 Models
9 See also
10 References and sources
10.1 References
10.2 Sources
11 Further reading
12 External links
History
Background
On the privatisation of British Rail 's freight operations in 1996, Wisconsin Central Transportation Systems under the control of Ed Burkhardt bought a number of the newly privatised rail freight companies: Transrail; Mainline; Loadhaul;

British Rail Class 66 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 66
British Rail Class 66
Contents
History
Background
Order and specification
United Kingdom
Continental Europe
UK importation
Emission compliance
Current operators
Colas Rail
DB Cargo UK
Direct Rail Services
Freightliner
GB Railfreight
Former operators
Advenza Freight
Fastline
Sub-classes
Names
Poor working environment
Accidents
Models
See also
References and sources
References
Sources
Further reading
External links

3,000 bhp (2,240 kW)
Tractive effort
Maximum: 409 kN (91,900 lbf) at starting
Continuous: 260 kN (58,500 lbf) at 15.9 mph (25.6 km/h)
Brakeforce
68 tonnes (67 long tons; 75 short tons)
Career
Operators
Colas Rail
DB Cargo UK
Direct Rail Services
Freightliner
GB Railfreight
Numbers
66001–66250
66301–66305
66411–66434
66501–66599
66601–66625
66701–66792
66846–66850
66951–66957
Nicknames
'Shed'
Axle load class
Route availability 7
The Class 66 is a type of six-axle diesel-electric freight locomotive developed in part from the Class 59, for use on the railways of the UK. Since its introduction the class has been successful and has been sold to British and other European railway companies. In Continental Europe it is marketed as the EMD Class 66 (JT42CWR). Contents
1 History
1.1 Background
1.2 Order and specification
1.3 United Kingdom
1.4 Continental Europe
1.5 UK importation
1.6 Emission compliance
2 Current operators
2.1 Colas Rail
2.2 DB Cargo UK
2.3 Direct Rail Services
2.4 Freightliner
2.5 GB Railfreight
3 Former operators
3.1 Advenza Freight
3.2 Fastline
4 Sub-classes
5 Names
6 Poor working environment
7 Accidents
8 Models
9 See also
10 References and sources
10.1 References
10.2 Sources
11 Further reading
12 External links
History
Background
On the privatisation of British Rail 's freight operations in 1996, Wisconsin Central Transportation Systems under the control of Ed Burkhardt bought a number of the newly privatised rail freight companies: Transrail; Mainline; Loadhaul;

Scenic Dinner Train Rides By State (2021): A Complete Guide Scenic Dinner Train Rides By State (2021)
Scenic Dinner Train Rides By State (2021)
Additional Tourist Train Information, Trips By State
Alabama Dinner Train Rides 2021
Alaska Dinner Train Rides 2021
Arizona Dinner Train Rides 2021
Arkansas Dinner Train Rides 2021
California Dinner Train Rides 2021
Colorado Dinner Train Rides 2021
Connecticut Dinner Train Rides 2021
Delaware Dinner Train Rides 2021
Florida Dinner Train Rides 2021
Georgia Dinner Train Rides 2021
Hawaii Dinner Train Rides 2021
Idaho Dinner Train Rides 2021
Illinois Dinner Train Rides 2021
Indiana Dinner Train Rides 2021
Iowa Dinner Train Rides 2021
Kansas Dinner Train Rides 2021
Kentucky Dinner Train Rides 2021
Louisiana Dinner Train Rides 2021
Maine Dinner Train Rides 2021
Maryland Dinner Train Rides 2021
Massachusetts Dinner Train Rides 2021
Michigan Dinner Train Rides 2021
Minnesota Dinner Train Rides 2021
Mississippi Dinner Train Rides 2021
Missouri Dinner Train Rides 2021
Montana Dinner Train Rides 2021
Nebraska Dinner Train Rides 2021
Nevada Dinner Train Rides 2021
New Hampshire Dinner Train Rides 2021
New Jersey Dinner Train Rides 2021
New Mexico Dinner Train Rides 2021
New York Dinner Train Rides 2021
North Carolina Dinner Train Rides 2021
North Dakota Dinner Train Rides 2021
Ohio Dinner Train Rides 2021
Oklahoma Dinner Train Rides 2021
Oregon Dinner Train Rides 2021
Pennsylvania Dinner Train Rides 2021
Rhode Island Dinner Train Rides 2021
South Carolina Dinner Train Rides 2021
South Dakota Dinner Train Rides 2021
Tennessee Dinner Train Rides 2021
Texas Dinner Train Rides 2021
Utah Dinner Train Rides 2021
Vermont Dinner Train Rides 2021
Virginia Dinner Train Rides 2021
Washington Dinner Train Rides 2021
West Virginia Dinner Train Rides 2021
Wisconsin Dinner Train Rides 2021
Wyoming Dinner Train Rides 2021
 However, the Alaska Railroad,  which hosts regularly scheduled passenger service does offer dining services aboard their trains. The ARR provides some of the most spectacular scenery by rail that can be found anywhere in the United States. A trip aboard the railroad, in general, is well worth it if you  have the opportunity to do so. Arizona Dinner Train Rides 2021
Grand Canyon Railway: Does not offer dining service but does feature snacks and appetizers; there are six classes to choose from during your trip and five provide some type of food and drink. This very upscale train offers one the best rail experiences found anywhere in the country. You will disembark at the historic El Tovar Hotel (built by the Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway) along the Canyon's South Rim where dining services and complete accommodations are available. Verde Canyon Railroad: The Verde Canyon offers appetizers and alcoholic drinks in their first-class accommodations and snacks within coach class.

Scenic Dinner Train Rides By State (2021): A Complete Guide

Scenic Dinner Train Rides By State (2021)
Scenic Dinner Train Rides By State (2021)
Additional Tourist Train Information, Trips By State
Alabama Dinner Train Rides 2021
Alaska Dinner Train Rides 2021
Arizona Dinner Train Rides 2021
Arkansas Dinner Train Rides 2021
California Dinner Train Rides 2021
Colorado Dinner Train Rides 2021
Connecticut Dinner Train Rides 2021
Delaware Dinner Train Rides 2021
Florida Dinner Train Rides 2021
Georgia Dinner Train Rides 2021
Hawaii Dinner Train Rides 2021
Idaho Dinner Train Rides 2021
Illinois Dinner Train Rides 2021
Indiana Dinner Train Rides 2021
Iowa Dinner Train Rides 2021
Kansas Dinner Train Rides 2021
Kentucky Dinner Train Rides 2021
Louisiana Dinner Train Rides 2021
Maine Dinner Train Rides 2021
Maryland Dinner Train Rides 2021
Massachusetts Dinner Train Rides 2021
Michigan Dinner Train Rides 2021
Minnesota Dinner Train Rides 2021
Mississippi Dinner Train Rides 2021
Missouri Dinner Train Rides 2021
Montana Dinner Train Rides 2021
Nebraska Dinner Train Rides 2021
Nevada Dinner Train Rides 2021
New Hampshire Dinner Train Rides 2021
New Jersey Dinner Train Rides 2021
New Mexico Dinner Train Rides 2021
New York Dinner Train Rides 2021
North Carolina Dinner Train Rides 2021
North Dakota Dinner Train Rides 2021
Ohio Dinner Train Rides 2021
Oklahoma Dinner Train Rides 2021
Oregon Dinner Train Rides 2021
Pennsylvania Dinner Train Rides 2021
Rhode Island Dinner Train Rides 2021
South Carolina Dinner Train Rides 2021
South Dakota Dinner Train Rides 2021
Tennessee Dinner Train Rides 2021
Texas Dinner Train Rides 2021
Utah Dinner Train Rides 2021
Vermont Dinner Train Rides 2021
Virginia Dinner Train Rides 2021
Washington Dinner Train Rides 2021
West Virginia Dinner Train Rides 2021
Wisconsin Dinner Train Rides 2021
Wyoming Dinner Train Rides 2021

However, the Alaska Railroad,  which hosts regularly scheduled passenger service does offer dining services aboard their trains. The ARR provides some of the most spectacular scenery by rail that can be found anywhere in the United States. A trip aboard the railroad, in general, is well worth it if you  have the opportunity to do so. Arizona Dinner Train Rides 2021
Grand Canyon Railway: Does not offer dining service but does feature snacks and appetizers; there are six classes to choose from during your trip and five provide some type of food and drink. This very upscale train offers one the best rail experiences found anywhere in the country. You will disembark at the historic El Tovar Hotel (built by the Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe Railway) along the Canyon's South Rim where dining services and complete accommodations are available. Verde Canyon Railroad: The Verde Canyon offers appetizers and alcoholic drinks in their first-class accommodations and snacks within coach class.

Service Dog Training Seattle Bellevue Classes | Service Dog Academy Classes
Classes
Service Dog Training Classes for Medical Alert Dogs – Diabetic Alert, Seizure Alert, Narcolepsy Alert and Migraine Alert
Service Dog Training – Before You Get Your Dog
Dog Class Registration
Service Dog Training – After You Get Your Dog
Service Dog: Adult Access
Service Dog: Adult Task Training
 This class will cover
Patches, where to get and how to wear
Vest, lifetime or temporary, puppy or adult? Vest etiquette
Access to public places, do you have rights? How do approach your work with a service dog in training
What rights do you have when you travel
What type of paperwork/documentation should you keep with you? Setting boundaries with family and friends regarding the raising of your puppy/service dog
Time management
Spousal jealousy
How to deal with your dog acting up in public
How to deal with access challenges
How to pick your defining tasks
How to keep you and your dog safe
Importance of ensuring your dog has another individual it is close to
Jealousy issues with the other animals in the household
How to deal with the public inquisition
Becoming comfortable about talking about your disability
How to get under the access radar
Confronting the public about their actions
Financial saving graces
Add your class to your Google Calendar by visiting our Google Calendar page! Class Fee: $40 per person
What students are saying about this class: This class gives you real tools on how to deal with every day issues brought about by the service dog lifestyle
[message type=”erroneous”]Task Training and Adult Access classes: These class are intended for graduates of medical alert work only. If you have not passed through Diabetic Alert 101, yet and would like to train for service work, please refer to our types of service dogs we train page. At this time, we currently are unable to provide training for anything but medical alert dogs. [

Classes
Classes
Service Dog Training Classes for Medical Alert Dogs – Diabetic Alert, Seizure Alert, Narcolepsy Alert and Migraine Alert
Service Dog Training – Before You Get Your Dog
Dog Class Registration
Service Dog Training – After You Get Your Dog
Service Dog: Adult Access
Service Dog: Adult Task Training

This class will cover
Patches, where to get and how to wear
Vest, lifetime or temporary, puppy or adult? Vest etiquette
Access to public places, do you have rights? How do approach your work with a service dog in training
What rights do you have when you travel
What type of paperwork/documentation should you keep with you? Setting boundaries with family and friends regarding the raising of your puppy/service dog
Time management
Spousal jealousy
How to deal with your dog acting up in public
How to deal with access challenges
How to pick your defining tasks
How to keep you and your dog safe
Importance of ensuring your dog has another individual it is close to
Jealousy issues with the other animals in the household
How to deal with the public inquisition
Becoming comfortable about talking about your disability
How to get under the access radar
Confronting the public about their actions
Financial saving graces
Add your class to your Google Calendar by visiting our Google Calendar page! Class Fee: $40 per person
What students are saying about this class: This class gives you real tools on how to deal with every day issues brought about by the service dog lifestyle
[message type=”erroneous”]Task Training and Adult Access classes: These class are intended for graduates of medical alert work only. If you have not passed through Diabetic Alert 101, yet and would like to train for service work, please refer to our types of service dogs we train page. At this time, we currently are unable to provide training for anything but medical alert dogs. [

USA train travel with Amtrak | Rome2rio Travel Guides North America train travel with Amtrak
North America train travel with Amtrak
QUICK LINKS
Why travel by train in the USA?
Scenic and popular Amtrak routes
Amtrak train route map and schedule frequency
How to choose between Amtrak’s coach class, business class and first class
Amtrak amenities, dinner reservations & baggage allowances
Getting the best value Amtrak train tickets
Route guides by Amtrak
Amtrak travel tips
COVID-19 safe travel information
Why travel by train in the USA?
Scenic and popular Amtrak routes
California Zephyr Train
California Zephyr Train Route: Chicago → Denver → Glenwood Springs → Emeryville (San Francisco)
Coast Starlight Train
Coast Starlight Train Route: Seattle → Portland → Los Angeles
Empire Builder Train
Empire Builder Train Route: Chicago → St. Paul/Minneapolis → Spokane → Portland/Seattle
Southwest Chief Train
Southwest Chief Train Route: Chicago → Kansas City → Albuquerque → Flagstaff → LA
Adirondack Train
Adirondack Train Route: Montreal Albany New York
Amtrak train route map and schedule frequency
The differences between Amtrak’s coach class, business class and first class
Amtrak amenities, dining reservations & baggage allowances
Getting the best value Amtrak train tickets
Amtrak route guides
Amtrak travel tips
Make the most of your USA train journey with these Amtrak travel tips:
COVID-19 safe travel information
Also on rome2rio.com
5 delightfully under-the-radar small …
Hong Kong travel itinerary: Where to go
One good deed…
Train travel in Australia: Should …
Scandinavia travel itinerary: Where to go
Want to drive around Australia? Here’s how
Announcing The New & Improved …
Spain train travel a guide to Renfe
 Amtrak route map showing major train station stops, service types and frequency of short and long-distance train services. Map by PerryPlanet
It’s possible to break up longer journeys with overnight stops, but you’ll need to pre-organise this when you book by creating a multi-city booking. This will work out a little more expensive than booking the entire route as one trip, but it enables you to put together exactly the journey you want. Traversing the USA by rail can be an incredible bargain. If you book far enough ahead you can get from New York to San Francisco via Chicago for under $200, if you’re happy to do the 70-odd hour trip in a coach seat. This rises to over $1000 for a two-person roomette with fold-down beds and all meals included. The differences between Amtrak’s coach class, business class and first class
Coach class is the cheapest way to travel but still comfortable (with reclining seats), especially on the long-distance Viewliner and Superliner trains with extra legroom and footrests. ( The bi-level Superliner trains also feature panoramic views from the upper level.) Routes that offer business class cars have additional legroom and complimentary non-alcoholic drinks. First class, available only on the Acela Express between Boston and Washington DC, is even more spacious and includes a meal service and access to ClubAcela lounges in several major stations in the northeast.

USA train travel with Amtrak | Rome2rio Travel Guides

North America train travel with Amtrak
North America train travel with Amtrak
QUICK LINKS
Why travel by train in the USA?
Scenic and popular Amtrak routes
Amtrak train route map and schedule frequency
How to choose between Amtrak’s coach class, business class and first class
Amtrak amenities, dinner reservations & baggage allowances
Getting the best value Amtrak train tickets
Route guides by Amtrak
Amtrak travel tips
COVID-19 safe travel information
Why travel by train in the USA?
Scenic and popular Amtrak routes
California Zephyr Train
California Zephyr Train Route: Chicago → Denver → Glenwood Springs → Emeryville (San Francisco)
Coast Starlight Train
Coast Starlight Train Route: Seattle → Portland → Los Angeles
Empire Builder Train
Empire Builder Train Route: Chicago → St. Paul/Minneapolis → Spokane → Portland/Seattle
Southwest Chief Train
Southwest Chief Train Route: Chicago → Kansas City → Albuquerque → Flagstaff → LA
Adirondack Train
Adirondack Train Route: Montreal Albany New York
Amtrak train route map and schedule frequency
The differences between Amtrak’s coach class, business class and first class
Amtrak amenities, dining reservations & baggage allowances
Getting the best value Amtrak train tickets
Amtrak route guides
Amtrak travel tips
Make the most of your USA train journey with these Amtrak travel tips:
COVID-19 safe travel information
Also on rome2rio.com
5 delightfully under-the-radar small …
Hong Kong travel itinerary: Where to go
One good deed…
Train travel in Australia: Should …
Scandinavia travel itinerary: Where to go
Want to drive around Australia? Here’s how
Announcing The New & Improved …
Spain train travel a guide to Renfe

Amtrak route map showing major train station stops, service types and frequency of short and long-distance train services. Map by PerryPlanet
It’s possible to break up longer journeys with overnight stops, but you’ll need to pre-organise this when you book by creating a multi-city booking. This will work out a little more expensive than booking the entire route as one trip, but it enables you to put together exactly the journey you want. Traversing the USA by rail can be an incredible bargain. If you book far enough ahead you can get from New York to San Francisco via Chicago for under $200, if you’re happy to do the 70-odd hour trip in a coach seat. This rises to over $1000 for a two-person roomette with fold-down beds and all meals included. The differences between Amtrak’s coach class, business class and first class
Coach class is the cheapest way to travel but still comfortable (with reclining seats), especially on the long-distance Viewliner and Superliner trains with extra legroom and footrests. ( The bi-level Superliner trains also feature panoramic views from the upper level.) Routes that offer business class cars have additional legroom and complimentary non-alcoholic drinks. First class, available only on the Acela Express between Boston and Washington DC, is even more spacious and includes a meal service and access to ClubAcela lounges in several major stations in the northeast.

Train from Basel to Zurich Airport - Switzerland Forum - Tripadvisor Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
Train from Basel to Zurich Airport - Switzerland Forum
Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
1. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
2. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
3. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
4. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
5. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
6. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
7. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
8. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
9. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
10. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
Ask a question
More Switzerland Topics
Beyond destination forums
 Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
6 years ago
Save
A year has passed since your post. what means of transportation did you use and how did it work out
Report inappropriate content
kileysmom
Anchorage, Alaska
Destination Expert
for Anchorage, Zermatt
Level Contributor
18,510 posts
8 reviews
37 helpful votes
7. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
6 years ago
Save
Hi, I doubt seriously the OP used anything other than the train as everything else is much more expensive unless the cruise line provided a coach or something but they don't seem to do that. The train is very easy and goes from Basel to Zurich airport without changes at least once an hour. You can get all the train timetables in Engish on the Swiss Rail website
www.sbb.ch/en
Just put in Basel SBB for the departure and Zurich Airp. for the arrival. Remember that the date is day.month.year and the time is 24 hour clock with a dot between hour and minutes so 3:15P is 15.15 with no P.
The fare for 2nd class (clean and comfortable and just fine for such a short - just over an hour - trip) is 37 Swiss francs and 65 francs for 1st class - that's about $41 and $72 per person. Hope this helps.

Train from Basel to Zurich Airport - Switzerland Forum - Tripadvisor

Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
Train from Basel to Zurich Airport - Switzerland Forum
Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
1. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
2. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
3. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
4. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
5. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
6. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
7. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
8. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
9. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
10. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
Ask a question
More Switzerland Topics
Beyond destination forums

Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
6 years ago
Save
A year has passed since your post. what means of transportation did you use and how did it work out
Report inappropriate content
kileysmom
Anchorage, Alaska
Destination Expert
for Anchorage, Zermatt
Level Contributor
18,510 posts
8 reviews
37 helpful votes
7. Re: Train from Basel to Zurich Airport
6 years ago
Save
Hi, I doubt seriously the OP used anything other than the train as everything else is much more expensive unless the cruise line provided a coach or something but they don't seem to do that. The train is very easy and goes from Basel to Zurich airport without changes at least once an hour. You can get all the train timetables in Engish on the Swiss Rail website
www.sbb.ch/en
Just put in Basel SBB for the departure and Zurich Airp. for the arrival. Remember that the date is day.month.year and the time is 24 hour clock with a dot between hour and minutes so 3:15P is 15.15 with no P.
The fare for 2nd class (clean and comfortable and just fine for such a short - just over an hour - trip) is 37 Swiss francs and 65 francs for 1st class - that's about $41 and $72 per person. Hope this helps.

Luxury Train Travel in Canada | Canadian Train Vacations Luxury Train Travel in Canada
Luxury Train Travel in Canada
Unparalleld views
Ultimate relaxation
Opportunities to explore
Travel in style on a luxurious Canadian train vacation
Read more about luxury Canadian train journeys:
Quick Facts About Luxury Train Travel
Are you planning a trip to Canada and want to make it better?
At Fresh Tracks, we are true Canadian Insiders helping you create your ideal journey. Here’s what you get:
Luxury Train Travel Onboard the Rocky Mountaineer or VIA Rail
The Rocky Mountaineer
VIA Rail 'Canadian' Train
For the Ultimate in Luxury...
View Trips:
Luxury Services on the Rocky Mountaineer
The GoldLeaf Service
What's Included in GoldLeaf
Luxury Services on VIA Rail
Prestige Class
What's Included in Prestige Class
Luxury Train Trips & Tours
Take a look through our luxury train vacations to find the perfect journey to suit your interests.
Complete Canadian Rockies by Rail
Vancouver to Toronto Train Tour
Canadian Cross Country Journey
 This unparalleled encounter with nature comes with thoroughly personalized attention. It's an inspiring way to admire Canada's beautiful landscapes. Enjoy attentive, personalized concierge service throughout your trip. Prestige Sleeper class is designed to offer passengers complete peace of mind, with priority reservations in the dining car and priority boarding. Savour the all-inclusive treatment, with refined dining and complimentary drinks service. Your personalized concierge will take care of you throughout your journey
So you just need to relax and enjoy the incredible views
Enjoy the luxury of Prestige class onboard VIA Rail's 'Canadian' train
As the sun begins to set, sleep in style in the newly revamped Prestige cabins
Sink into the deluxe fold down bed and enjoy the in-cabin entertainment unit
During the day, relax in the spacious cabin fitted with a custom sectional couch
You'll appreciate the convenience of your own private washroom with shower
Enjoy dinner with a view with priority reservations in the dining car
And savour delicious gourmet meals prepared by onboard chefs
Relax with priority access to the Prestige Park Car
Enjoy complimentary drinks, snacks and interactive talks
Your personalized concierge will take care of you throughout your journey
So you just need to relax and enjoy the incredible views
Enjoy the luxury of Prestige class onboard VIA Rail's 'Canadian' train
As the sun begins to set, sleep in style in the newly revamped Prestige cabins
What's Included in Prestige Class
Personalized concierge service throughout your trip
The Prestige Sleeper cabin is 50% larger than the cabin for two in Sleeper Plus class
It features a comfortable sectional couch during the day, facing an extra-large picture window for incredible views
Private washroom with shower
Get a good nights rest in a deluxe fold down bed with turndown service
A flat-screen TV with video selection
Minibar stocked with a selection of beverages
Priority reservations in the dining car, offering delicious brekfast, lunches and dinners prepared by onboard chefs. Access to the Prestige Park Car, which offers spectacular views, complimentary bar service, snacks, activities such as wine tastings, and interactive talks on local history and culture
Read more about travel on VIA Rail
Luxury Train Trips & Tours
Take a look through our luxury train vacations to find the perfect journey to suit your interests. 8 days • Vancouver, Kamloops, Jasper, +3
Complete Canadian Rockies by Rail
Our bestseller and favourite Canadian Rockies rail trip! This 8-day train vacation features the highlights of the Rockies at a leisurely pace. Embrace the laid back... read more
On Special
Trip Details
11 days • Toronto, Jasper, Icefields Parkway, +3
Vancouver to Toronto Train Tour
Traveling across Canada is a dream – and what better way to do it than with the convenience and comfort of train travel.

Luxury Train Travel in Canada | Canadian Train Vacations

Luxury Train Travel in Canada
Luxury Train Travel in Canada
Unparalleld views
Ultimate relaxation
Opportunities to explore
Travel in style on a luxurious Canadian train vacation
Read more about luxury Canadian train journeys:
Quick Facts About Luxury Train Travel
Are you planning a trip to Canada and want to make it better?
At Fresh Tracks, we are true Canadian Insiders helping you create your ideal journey. Here’s what you get:
Luxury Train Travel Onboard the Rocky Mountaineer or VIA Rail
The Rocky Mountaineer
VIA Rail 'Canadian' Train
For the Ultimate in Luxury...
View Trips:
Luxury Services on the Rocky Mountaineer
The GoldLeaf Service
What's Included in GoldLeaf
Luxury Services on VIA Rail
Prestige Class
What's Included in Prestige Class
Luxury Train Trips & Tours
Take a look through our luxury train vacations to find the perfect journey to suit your interests.
Complete Canadian Rockies by Rail
Vancouver to Toronto Train Tour
Canadian Cross Country Journey

Downeaster (train) - Wikipedia Downeaster
(train)

Downeaster (train)
Downeaster
Contents
Route
Connections
Services
Proposed extensions
Lewiston–Auburn
Rockland, Maine
Westbrook
Rolling stock
History
Previous service
Service resumption
Service improvements
Brunswick extension
2015 winter and track work
COVID-19 pandemic
Ridership and finances
Economic impact
See also
References
External links
 Downeaster (train) - Wikipedia
Downeaster (train)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Downeaster

A Downeaster train passing the Ballardvale MBTA Commuter Rail station
Overview
Service type
Regional rail / intercity rail
Status
Operating
Locale
New England
First service
December 15, 2001
Current operator (s)
Amtrak /Northern New England Passenger Rail Authority
Ridership
551,038 total (FY18)
Route
Start
Boston, Massachusetts
Stops
12
End
Brunswick, Maine
Distance travelled
145 miles (233 km)
Average journey time
3 hours 20 minutes
Service frequency
Five daily round trips
Train number (s)
679–699
On-board services
Class (es)
Business class
Reserved coach
Catering facilities
Downeaster Café
Technical
Rolling stock
Amfleet coaches
Track gauge
4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm)
Operating speed
max:79 miles per hour (127 km/h)
Track owner (s)
MBTA, Pan Am Railways
Route map
Legend

Rockland Branch

145 mi
233 km
Brunswick

136 mi
219 km
Freeport

116 mi
187 km
Portland

104 mi
167 km
Old Orchard Beach
(seasonal)

100 mi
161 km
Saco

84 mi
135 km
Wells

ME
NH

68 mi
109 km
Dover

62 mi
100 km
Durham–UNH

51 mi
82 km
Exeter

NH
MA

34 mi
55 km
Haverhill

Haverhill Line

Wildcat Branch

Lowell Line

13 mi
21 km
Woburn

0 mi
0 km
Boston North

This diagram: view
talk
edit
Amtrak Downeaster ( interactive map)
The Downeaster is a 145-mile (233 km) regional passenger train service, managed by the Northern New England Passenger Rail Authority (NNEPRA), an agency of the state of Maine, and operated by Amtrak. Named for the Down East region of Maine, the train runs from North Station in Boston, Massachusetts to Brunswick, Maine, with 10 intermediate stops. The train operates five daily round trips between Boston and Brunswick. In 2018, the Downeaster carried 551,038 passengers and earned ticket revenue of $10.2 million. Contents
1 Route
1.1 Connections
1.2 Services
1.3 Proposed extensions
1.3.1 Lewiston–Auburn
1.3.2 Rockland, Maine
1.3.3 Westbrook
2 Rolling stock
3 History
3.1 Previous service
3.2 Service resumption
3.3 Service improvements
3.4 Brunswick extension
3.5 2015 winter and track work
3.6 COVID-19 pandemic
4 Ridership and finances
4.1 Economic impact
5 See also
6 References
7 External links
Route
In November 2012, the Downeaster traveled through Wakefield, Massachusetts, on the inner Haverhill Line during track work on the Lowell Line. The Downeaster uses the MBTA 's Lowell Line from Boston's North Station to Wilmington, the Wildcat Branch to Wilmington Junction, and the Haverhill Line to the Massachusetts–New Hampshire state line. From there to just short of Brunswick, it uses the Pan Am Railways Freight Main Line. The last mile of track in Brunswick is owned by MaineDOT. All of these lines were once part of the Boston and Maine Railroad;

Downeaster (train) - Wikipedia

Downeaster
(train)

Downeaster (train)
Downeaster
Contents
Route
Connections
Services
Proposed extensions
Lewiston–Auburn
Rockland, Maine
Westbrook
Rolling stock
History
Previous service
Service resumption
Service improvements
Brunswick extension
2015 winter and track work
COVID-19 pandemic
Ridership and finances
Economic impact
See also
References
External links

HOW DO I BECOME LIFEGUARD CERTIFIED?
HOW DO I BECOME LIFEGUARD CERTIFIED?
How long do my certifications last?
What skills do I have to pass for my certification?
Can I work at a pool near my house?
How long does the pool season last?
What do I have to wear?
How many hours a day will I have to work?
How can I teach swim lessons?
Do I get to choose where I work?
What if I have three weeks vacation planned?

Frequently Asked Questions - Lifeguard Charlotte
Apply
Home
About Us
COVID-19
Why SCMG
Testimonials
Employment
Apply Here
Frequently Asked Questions
Guest Service Attendant
Lifeguard
Facility Trainer
Assistant Facility Director
Facility Director
Service Technician
Assistant Regional Director
Internship
Employee Forms
Time Change Request Form
Pay Error Correction
Duplicate W-2
Direct Deposit
Certificate Request Form
NC State Youth Work Permit Certificate
Training
Certification Classes
Traditions Training
Contact Us
Frequently Asked Questions
Home
About Us
COVID-19
Why SCMG
Testimonials
Employment
Apply Here
Frequently Asked Questions
Guest Service Attendant
Lifeguard
Facility Trainer
Assistant Facility Director
Facility Director
Service Technician
Assistant Regional Director
Internship
Employee Forms
Time Change Request Form
Pay Error Correction
Duplicate W-2
Direct Deposit
Certificate Request Form
NC State Youth Work Permit Certificate
Training
Certification Classes
Traditions Training
Contact Us
loading...
HOW DO I BECOME LIFEGUARD CERTIFIED? Swim Club Management Group, Inc. offers several American Red Cross Lifeguard certification classes at a special rate for our employee’s. We also offer CPR certification classes and Lifeguard re-certification classes. How long do my certifications last? The American Red Cross Lifeguard certification is valid for 2 years. The American Red Cross CPR/AED for the Professional Rescuer certification is valid for 2 years. What skills do I have to pass for my certification? Minimum age of 15
Swim 300 yards continuously
Tread water for 2 minutes using only the legs
Complete a timed event within 1 minute, 40 seconds
Starting in the water, swim 20 yards
Surface dive, feet first or head first, to a depth of 7 to 10ft. to retrieve a 10-lb object
Exit the water without using a ladder or steps
Understand the value of behaving in a professional manner
Understand emergency procedures and behaviors and be able to provide first aid and CRP
Can I work at a pool near my house? Swim Club Management Group, Inc. manages several swim clubs and country clubs in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties, including:

MONTRÉAL
QUÉBEC
TRAIN

MONTRÉAL
trajet
to
QUÉBEC
TRAIN
Discover our fares
on the Montréal - Québec city route
SCHEDULES
Travel Advisory
Legends and more information related to schedules
Make your time more profitable while travelling between Montréal - Québec
Compare how much more productive you can be in a train than in a plane or car.
ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Compare classes and train cars
Discover meals available on board
Carry-on baggage
CITIES ON ROUTE
MONTRÉAL
QUÉBEC CITY

2 h 26 min + 30 min for traffic = 2 h 56 min
0123
4 5 6 7
Productive time
in car
: 0 h 00 min
*Car distance and trip time based on one-way trip according to Google Maps. ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Economy or Business class? *The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. Compare classes and train cars
Feature
Economy class
Business class
Complimentary Wi-Fi
Yes
Yes
Power outlets at your seat
Yes
Yes
Spacious seat
Yes
Yes
Meal
Affordable prices
Buy on board
Yes
Additional baggage allowance
No
Yes
Exclusive access to the in-station Business class lounge
*When travelling on an Economy Plus fare ticket (except with tickets booked using a Commuter Pass or with a CN or CP rail pass) or with an Economy Multi Pass. VIA Préférence Premier members only*
Yes
Priority boarding
VIA Préférence Premier members only
Yes
Same-day upgrades to Business class
Conditions
Not Applicable
Train cars
(This link opens a window)
*The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. LRC car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance service car
(This link opens a window)
LRC car
(This link opens a window)
Renovated LRC car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance car
(This link opens a window)
Renaissance service car
(This link opens a window)
Discover meals available on board
Economy class
Hot and cold meals at affordable prices
Local products selection
Access to our full-bar service
(This link opens a PDf file) See our menus
Business class
Three-course cateredtype meal included
Complimentary full-bar service
Hot and cold beverages at will
(This link opens a PDf file) See our menus
Carry-on baggage
Economy
Economy
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Business
Business
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Economy
Business
1 personal item
Max. 11,5 kg (25 lb)
Max.

British Rail Class 50 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 50
British Rail Class 50
Contents
Description
Development
Production
Service
Refurbishment
Accidents and incidents
Fleet list
Portuguese locomotives
Preservation
List of preserved locomotives
Model railways
Gallery
References, literature and notes
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links
 33,000 lbf (147,000 N)@ 23.5 mph (37.8 km/h)
Career
Operators
British Rail
Numbers
D400–D449; later 50001–50050
Nicknames
Hoovers
Axle load class
Route availability 6
Withdrawn
1987–1994
Disposition
18 preserved, remainder scrapped
The British Rail Class 50 is a class of diesel locomotives designed to haul express passenger trains at 100 mph. Built by English Electric at the Vulcan Foundry in Newton-le-Willows between 1967 and 1968, the Class 50s were initially on a 10-year lease from English Electric Leasing, and were employed hauling express passenger trains on the, then non-electrified, section of the West Coast Main Line between Crewe and Scotland. Initially numbered D400 - D449 and known as English Electric Type 4s, the locomotives were purchased outright by British Rail (BR) at the end of the lease and became Class 50 in the TOPS renumbering of 1973. The class gained the nickname "Hoovers" because of the noise made by the clean air plant at the No.2 end, prior to refurbishment, which was likened to that of a vacuum cleaner, a name believed given to them by the staff at Paddington Station. Once the electrification from Crewe to Glasgow was completed the locomotives were moved to the Great Western Main Line (GWML) out of Paddington to allow the retirement of most of the remaining diesel-hydraulic locomotives then in use. As trains on the GWML steadily moved to High Speed Train operation from 1976, the Class 50s moved to hauling trains between London Waterloo and Exeter St Davids, and also trains from London Paddington to Hereford and Worcester via Oxford until the majority of those trains too were taken over by IC125 operation. The class was steadily retired from service in the late 1980s and early 1990s as their services moved to operation by second-generation Class 159 DMUs. Contents
1 Description
1.1 Development
1.2 Production
2 Service
3 Refurbishment
4 Accidents and incidents
5 Fleet list
6 Portuguese locomotives
7 Preservation
7.1 List of preserved locomotives
8 Model railways
9 Gallery
10 References, literature and notes
10.1 Notes
10.2 References
10.3 Sources
11 Further reading
12 External links
Description
Development
The origins of the Class 50 lie in an invitation from the British Transport Commission (BTC) to manufacturers to produce a design for a lightweight Type 4 diesel locomotive with a gross power output of at least 2500 hp. In order to produce a prototype quickly, English Electric based their design on that for their Deltic locomotives which were then in production.

British Rail Class 50 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 50
British Rail Class 50
Contents
Description
Development
Production
Service
Refurbishment
Accidents and incidents
Fleet list
Portuguese locomotives
Preservation
List of preserved locomotives
Model railways
Gallery
References, literature and notes
Notes
References
Sources
Further reading
External links

Rail travel in China – Travel guide at Wikivoyage Rail travel in China
Rail travel in China
Types of trains and services
High-speed trains
Conventional trains
Classes
High-speed train classes
Conventional train classes
Booking tickets
1. Purchase from a website (recommended)
Official booking site
Third-party sites
2. Purchase from a railway station ticket office
3. Purchase from an automated ticket machine
4. Purchase from a train ticket agency or office
Replacing lost tickets
Hints
Train stations
Finding your train station
Travel tips
Checked luggage and parcels
High-speed rail
Carry-on luggage
Checked luggage and parcel service
Onboard services
Pricing
Boarding your train
During the journey
Arrival at your destination
Connecting trains
Stay safe
Even faster — Maglev
International and regional routes
 Rail travel in China – Travel guide at Wikivoyage
From Wikivoyage
Travel topics > Transportation > Rail travel > Rail travel in China
Rail travel in China
Contents
1
Types of trains and services
1.1 High-speed trains
1.2 Conventional trains
2
Classes
2.1 High-speed train classes
2.2 Conventional train classes
3
Booking tickets
3.1 1. Purchase from a website (recommended)
3.1.1 Official booking site
3.1.2 Third-party sites
3.2 2. Purchase from a railway station ticket office
3.3 3. Purchase from an automated ticket machine
3.4 4. Purchase from a train ticket agency or office
3.5 Replacing lost tickets
3.6 Hints
4
Train stations
4.1 Finding your train station
5
Travel tips
5.1 Checked luggage and parcels
6
High-speed rail
6.1 Carry-on luggage
6.2 Checked luggage and parcel service
6.3 Onboard services
6.4 Pricing
6.5 Boarding your train
6.6 During the journey
6.7 Arrival at your destination
6.7.1 Connecting trains
6.8 Stay safe
6.9 Even faster — Maglev
7
International and regional routes
Jump to navigation Jump to search

COVID-19 information: Most international trains and trains to Hong Kong are suspended. Train services may also be suspended in response to local outbreaks. You are required to wear masks when travelling in trains in China even if there are no infected cases reported in areas you are travelling in. Remember to update health codes on mobile applications such as WeChat or Alipay according to regulations at your destination. (Information last updated 01 Jan 2021)
Train travel is the main method of long-distance transportation for the Chinese, with an extensive network of routes covering most of the country.

Rail travel in China – Travel guide at Wikivoyage

Rail travel in China
Rail travel in China
Types of trains and services
High-speed trains
Conventional trains
Classes
High-speed train classes
Conventional train classes
Booking tickets
1. Purchase from a website (recommended)
Official booking site
Third-party sites
2. Purchase from a railway station ticket office
3. Purchase from an automated ticket machine
4. Purchase from a train ticket agency or office
Replacing lost tickets
Hints
Train stations
Finding your train station
Travel tips
Checked luggage and parcels
High-speed rail
Carry-on luggage
Checked luggage and parcel service
Onboard services
Pricing
Boarding your train
During the journey
Arrival at your destination
Connecting trains
Stay safe
Even faster — Maglev
International and regional routes

Rail travel in China – Travel guide at Wikivoyage
From Wikivoyage
Travel topics > Transportation > Rail travel > Rail travel in China
Rail travel in China
Contents
1
Types of trains and services
1.1 High-speed trains
1.2 Conventional trains
2
Classes
2.1 High-speed train classes
2.2 Conventional train classes
3
Booking tickets
3.1 1. Purchase from a website (recommended)
3.1.1 Official booking site
3.1.2 Third-party sites
3.2 2. Purchase from a railway station ticket office
3.3 3. Purchase from an automated ticket machine
3.4 4. Purchase from a train ticket agency or office
3.5 Replacing lost tickets
3.6 Hints
4
Train stations
4.1 Finding your train station
5
Travel tips
5.1 Checked luggage and parcels
6
High-speed rail
6.1 Carry-on luggage
6.2 Checked luggage and parcel service
6.3 Onboard services
6.4 Pricing
6.5 Boarding your train
6.6 During the journey
6.7 Arrival at your destination
6.7.1 Connecting trains
6.8 Stay safe
6.9 Even faster — Maglev
7
International and regional routes
Jump to navigation Jump to search

COVID-19 information: Most international trains and trains to Hong Kong are suspended. Train services may also be suspended in response to local outbreaks. You are required to wear masks when travelling in trains in China even if there are no infected cases reported in areas you are travelling in. Remember to update health codes on mobile applications such as WeChat or Alipay according to regulations at your destination. (Information last updated 01 Jan 2021)
Train travel is the main method of long-distance transportation for the Chinese, with an extensive network of routes covering most of the country.

Norfolk and Western Railway 475 - Wikipedia Norfolk and Western Railway 475
Norfolk and Western Railway 475
Contents
History
Cab arrangement
Modifications
Appearances in Media
References
External links
 7,500 imp gal)
Boiler pressure
200 psi (1.38 MPa)
Heating surface
2,940 sq ft (273 m 2)
Cylinders
Two
Cylinder size
21 in × 30 in (533 mm × 762 mm)
Valve gear
Stephenson (inside); later Baker
Performance figures
Tractive effort
40,163 lbf (178.65 kN)
Career
Operators
Norfolk & Western Railway
Strasburg Rail Road
Class
M
Number in class
101
Numbers
N&W 475
N&W 382
SRC 475
Retired
1956 (revenue service)
Preserved
September 1960 (Roanoke, Virginia)
1986 (Boone and Scenic Valley Railroad)
Restored
September 1993
Current owner
Strasburg Rail Road
Disposition
Operational, based in Strasburg, Pennsylvania
Strasburg Rail Road (Norfolk and Western) No. 475 is a 4-8-0 " Mastodon " type steam locomotive owned and operated by the Strasburg Rail Road outside of Strasburg, Pennsylvania. Built by the Baldwin Locomotive Works in June 1906, it was part of the Norfolk and Western 's first order of M class numbered 375-499. Today, No. 475 is the only operating 4-8-0 type in North America and the Strasburg Rail Road 's oldest operating steam locomotive. Contents
1 History
2 Cab arrangement
3 Modifications
4 Appearances in Media
5 References
6 External links
History
No. 475 was the 101st of 125 M class steam locomotives built for the Norfolk & Western from 1906 to 1907, rolling out of Baldwin Locomotive Works in June 1906. It worked on the N&W hauling freight and coal trains. It was later reassigned to branch line duties when bigger locomotives such as the Y series 2-8-8-2s, K series 4-8-2s, and J 4-8-4s starting arriving on the N&W. It was later retired in 1956, completing 50 years of service.

Norfolk and Western Railway 475 - Wikipedia

Norfolk and Western Railway 475
Norfolk and Western Railway 475
Contents
History
Cab arrangement
Modifications
Appearances in Media
References
External links

7,500 imp gal)
Boiler pressure
200 psi (1.38 MPa)
Heating surface
2,940 sq ft (273 m 2)
Cylinders
Two
Cylinder size
21 in × 30 in (533 mm × 762 mm)
Valve gear
Stephenson (inside); later Baker
Performance figures
Tractive effort
40,163 lbf (178.65 kN)
Career
Operators
Norfolk & Western Railway
Strasburg Rail Road
Class
M
Number in class
101
Numbers
N&W 475
N&W 382
SRC 475
Retired
1956 (revenue service)
Preserved
September 1960 (Roanoke, Virginia)
1986 (Boone and Scenic Valley Railroad)
Restored
September 1993
Current owner
Strasburg Rail Road
Disposition
Operational, based in Strasburg, Pennsylvania
Strasburg Rail Road (Norfolk and Western) No. 475 is a 4-8-0 " Mastodon " type steam locomotive owned and operated by the Strasburg Rail Road outside of Strasburg, Pennsylvania. Built by the Baldwin Locomotive Works in June 1906, it was part of the Norfolk and Western 's first order of M class numbered 375-499. Today, No. 475 is the only operating 4-8-0 type in North America and the Strasburg Rail Road 's oldest operating steam locomotive. Contents
1 History
2 Cab arrangement
3 Modifications
4 Appearances in Media
5 References
6 External links
History
No. 475 was the 101st of 125 M class steam locomotives built for the Norfolk & Western from 1906 to 1907, rolling out of Baldwin Locomotive Works in June 1906. It worked on the N&W hauling freight and coal trains. It was later reassigned to branch line duties when bigger locomotives such as the Y series 2-8-8-2s, K series 4-8-2s, and J 4-8-4s starting arriving on the N&W. It was later retired in 1956, completing 50 years of service.

AVE - Wikipedia

AVE
AVE
AVE
Contents
History
New rail link to Andalusia
AVANT – Media Distancia
Madrid–Barcelona
Northern corridors
Eastern corridors
International connection with France
Incidents and accidents
Operational services
Trains
Lines in operation
North-western corridor
Madrid–Sanabria
The Atlantic Axis
North corridor
Madrid–León
North-eastern corridor
Madrid–Barcelona
Barcelona–Perpignan (France)
Madrid–Huesca
Eastern corridor
Madrid–Castellón
Madrid–Alicante
Madrid–Orihuela
South corridor
Madrid–Seville
Madrid–Málaga
Madrid–Toledo
Madrid–Granada
Lines under construction
Madrid interconnector
North-western corridor
Sanabria–Ourense
North corridor
León–Gijón
Valladolid–Vitoria
Basque Y
North-eastern corridor
Tunnel Sants–La Sagrera
Eastern corridor
Alicante–Cartagena
South corridor
Seville–Antequera
Madrid–Jaén
Mediterranean corridor
Tarragona–Almería
South-western corridor
Madrid–Extremadura
Two Seas corridor
Zaragoza–Pamplona
Lines planned
Cantabrian Sea corridor
Two seas corridor
Central-Pyrenees corridor
North corridor – Madrid-Santander high-speed line
Passenger usage
See also
Other high-speed rail services
Rail infrastructure in Spain and Europe
Notes
References
External links

It has compatibility with neighbouring countries' railway systems as well. In October 2015 an extension of the Madrid-Seville high-speed rail line to Cádiz was completed after 14 years of works and put in service by Alvia trains for speeds up to 200 km/h. In 2019 the Antequera–Granada high-speed rail line opened. AVANT – Media Distancia
Class 104 train. Class 114 train. In 1992, a new high-speed medium distance service ( AV Media Distancia operating under the AVE Lanzadera brand) began between Madrid, Ciudad Real and Puertollano, using spare class 100 trains. In November 2003 a new service began between Seville and Córdoba using new class 104 trains, reducing journey times between the two cities to 40 minutes. In 2005 the brand was renamed RENFE Avant, and all services started to use class 104 trains, leaving class 100 for AVE services. The construction of a 21-kilometre (13 mi) stretch of high-speed line from Madrid to Toledo allowed the inauguration of a medium distance service in November 2005. The journey time between the two cities is now less than 30 minutes.

Spain Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves Spain Rail Passes and Train Tips
Spain Rail Passes and Train Tips
Are rail passes a good value for Spain?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train & Bus Fares: Spain & Portugal
What are my options for rail passes that cover Spain?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Spanish trains?
What do rail passes cover in Spain?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Spain?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?
 How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular? Train & Bus Fares: Spain & Portugal
Map shows approximate costs, in $US, for one-way, second-class tickets. For first-class fares, add 50 percent. Use this map to add up approximate pay-as-you-go fares for your itinerary, and compare that cost to the price of a rail pass for the number of days you expect to spend on the train. Fares shown on the map include seat reservations when required, but they cost extra when using a rail pass. Dashed lines show bus routes, which aren't covered by rail passes. " ( N)" indicates that a route has only overnight train service. Also, follow the links below for: • More tips for figuring out whether a pass makes sense for your trip
• The basics on choosing among rail passes
• More tips for getting the most out of a rail pass
• General advice on deciding between first and second class
• Fare-estimate maps outside Spain & Portugal
• Answers to frequently asked rail-pass questions
What are my options for rail passes that cover Spain?

Spain Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves

Spain Rail Passes and Train Tips
Spain Rail Passes and Train Tips
Are rail passes a good value for Spain?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train & Bus Fares: Spain & Portugal
What are my options for rail passes that cover Spain?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Spanish trains?
What do rail passes cover in Spain?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Spain?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?

How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular? Train & Bus Fares: Spain & Portugal
Map shows approximate costs, in $US, for one-way, second-class tickets. For first-class fares, add 50 percent. Use this map to add up approximate pay-as-you-go fares for your itinerary, and compare that cost to the price of a rail pass for the number of days you expect to spend on the train. Fares shown on the map include seat reservations when required, but they cost extra when using a rail pass. Dashed lines show bus routes, which aren't covered by rail passes. " ( N)" indicates that a route has only overnight train service. Also, follow the links below for: • More tips for figuring out whether a pass makes sense for your trip
• The basics on choosing among rail passes
• More tips for getting the most out of a rail pass
• General advice on deciding between first and second class
• Fare-estimate maps outside Spain & Portugal
• Answers to frequently asked rail-pass questions
What are my options for rail passes that cover Spain?

BritRail Pass | Buy your UK Rail Pass Online | Trainline Discover the UK with a BritRail Pass
Discover the UK with a BritRail Pass
What's a BritRail Pass?
Which types of BritRail Pass are available?
BritRail Consecutive Pass
BritRail Flexi Pass
How much does a BritRail Pass cost?
BritRail Passes explained
How does a BritRail Pass work?
Which train classes can I use my BritRail Pass on?
Do I need to book seat reservations?
How to use a BritRail Pass
Where can I use my BritRail Pass?
BritRail Pass Discounts
Saver Discount
Senior Discount
Youth Discount
Family Discount
Low Season Discount
Buy your BritRail Pass
 but also if you're going to travel in First or Standard Class. As First Class is not available on all UK train services, you may initially buy a Standard Class BritRail Pass and later upgrade it to First Class. You'll need to pay the difference in excess between the Standard and First Class Fare for the leg of the journey that you've not taken yet. You may pay it at the ticket office before boarding the train or to the ticket inspector on the train. Do I need to book seat reservations? While spontaneous trips on any travel day are fun and a great way to explore Britain, reserving a seat is ideal if you're travelling between major cities, or during peak hours. If you want to book a seat, then you can book it online up to a year in advance, and it'll come at a nominal fee to secure the seat. How to use a BritRail Pass
Using your BritRail Pass depends on the type of pass you have and where you are, but the process of using it is the same. It really couldn’t be easier to board trains using your rail pass either, as it works just like a normal ticket would. Once you’ve boarded your train, you may need to present it again on the train should a ticket inspector conduct a check.

BritRail Pass | Buy your UK Rail Pass Online | Trainline

Discover the UK with a BritRail Pass
Discover the UK with a BritRail Pass
What's a BritRail Pass?
Which types of BritRail Pass are available?
BritRail Consecutive Pass
BritRail Flexi Pass
How much does a BritRail Pass cost?
BritRail Passes explained
How does a BritRail Pass work?
Which train classes can I use my BritRail Pass on?
Do I need to book seat reservations?
How to use a BritRail Pass
Where can I use my BritRail Pass?
BritRail Pass Discounts
Saver Discount
Senior Discount
Youth Discount
Family Discount
Low Season Discount
Buy your BritRail Pass

but also if you're going to travel in First or Standard Class. As First Class is not available on all UK train services, you may initially buy a Standard Class BritRail Pass and later upgrade it to First Class. You'll need to pay the difference in excess between the Standard and First Class Fare for the leg of the journey that you've not taken yet. You may pay it at the ticket office before boarding the train or to the ticket inspector on the train. Do I need to book seat reservations? While spontaneous trips on any travel day are fun and a great way to explore Britain, reserving a seat is ideal if you're travelling between major cities, or during peak hours. If you want to book a seat, then you can book it online up to a year in advance, and it'll come at a nominal fee to secure the seat. How to use a BritRail Pass
Using your BritRail Pass depends on the type of pass you have and where you are, but the process of using it is the same. It really couldn’t be easier to board trains using your rail pass either, as it works just like a normal ticket would. Once you’ve boarded your train, you may need to present it again on the train should a ticket inspector conduct a check.

Eurail Global - Rail Pass | Rail Europe Eurail Global
Eurail Global
COMING SOON. This pass is not yet available on our site. Please contact your local travel agency to purchase.
Overview
More details
What is included?
How does it work?
1. Pick the right rail pass
2. Reserve your seats
3. Activate and travel
Comparison
FAQs
Subscribe to our newsletter
 Travel on the national rail networks of up to 33 countries - including Great Britain
Freedom to take multiple train journeys per travel day
Issued as a paper document
Your choice of a 1st or 2nd class rail pass
Children under 12 travel free with Adult
Discounted Youth (under 28) and Senior (60+) passes
Flexible: choose where you want to go, and when
Travel across borders quickly and easily
How does it work? 1. Pick the right rail pass
Rail passes can be booked for travel in one specific country or you can choose one of a few pre-selected country/region combinations. Extensive travel plans? Try the Eurail Global Pass offering train travel in 33 different countries - including Great Britain. Once you've selected your pass, its price will depend on the class of service selected, passenger type, and the number of rail travel days. 2. Reserve your seats
Traveling on local and regional trains provides you with an opportunity to freely explore. It’s easy to get on a train with your rail pass and find an open seat to enjoy the journey in.

Eurail Global - Rail Pass | Rail Europe

Eurail Global
Eurail Global
COMING SOON. This pass is not yet available on our site. Please contact your local travel agency to purchase.
Overview
More details
What is included?
How does it work?
1. Pick the right rail pass
2. Reserve your seats
3. Activate and travel
Comparison
FAQs
Subscribe to our newsletter

Travel on the national rail networks of up to 33 countries - including Great Britain
Freedom to take multiple train journeys per travel day
Issued as a paper document
Your choice of a 1st or 2nd class rail pass
Children under 12 travel free with Adult
Discounted Youth (under 28) and Senior (60+) passes
Flexible: choose where you want to go, and when
Travel across borders quickly and easily
How does it work? 1. Pick the right rail pass
Rail passes can be booked for travel in one specific country or you can choose one of a few pre-selected country/region combinations. Extensive travel plans? Try the Eurail Global Pass offering train travel in 33 different countries - including Great Britain. Once you've selected your pass, its price will depend on the class of service selected, passenger type, and the number of rail travel days. 2. Reserve your seats
Traveling on local and regional trains provides you with an opportunity to freely explore. It’s easy to get on a train with your rail pass and find an open seat to enjoy the journey in.

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 60
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
History
Design
Bodywork
Electrical
Prime mover
Engine dimensions
Current operators
DB Cargo UK
GB Railfreight
DCRail
Former operators
British Rail
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Naming and liveries
Scrapping
Fleet summary
Class list
Preservation
Models
Notes
References
Further reading
External links
 While the company was reportedly unimpressed by the type's performance, it was retained for heavy freight duties while much of the fleet was stored and subsequently sold onto other operators. Between 2004 and 2007, typically between 50 and 75% of the fleet would be out of action at a given time. However, during November 2010, EWS's successor, DB Schenker, announced that a portion of the fleet would be overhauled, referring to such units as Super 60s and extending their service life through to around 2025. Not all Class 60s received such overhauls however. During 2020, a Class 60 became the first example of the type to be scrapped, while another became the first to be preserved. Contents
1 History
2 Design
2.1 Bodywork
2.2 Electrical
2.3 Prime mover
3 Current operators
3.1 DB Cargo UK
3.2 GB Railfreight
3.3 DCRail
4 Former operators
4.1 British Rail
4.2 Colas Rail
5 Accidents and incidents
6 Naming and liveries
7 Scrapping
8 Fleet summary
8.1 Class list
9 Preservation
10 Models
11 Notes
12 References
13 Further reading
14 External links
History
During the early 1980s, British Rail operated several different diesel locomotives that had been categorised as Type 5, these being a relatively high-powered locomotive suited to heavy freight trains, such as the British Rail Class 56 and British Rail Class 58. However, the Class 56 proved to be somewhat unreliable, contributing to dissatisfaction amongst British Rail's customer base. One such customer, Foster Yeoman, became so disillusioned with the locomotives supplied for its aggregates trains that it procured its own private fleet of locomotives, the British Rail Class 59, that were manufactured by GM-EMD. British Rail was reportedly interested in buying its own version of the Class 59, but hesitated in fear of objections by trade unions, particularly over its production not being based in Britain. To avoid creating tensions, it was deemed necessary for any new locomotive to be manufactured domestically.

British Rail Class 60 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 60
British Rail Class 60
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Contents
History
Design
Bodywork
Electrical
Prime mover
Engine dimensions
Current operators
DB Cargo UK
GB Railfreight
DCRail
Former operators
British Rail
Colas Rail
Accidents and incidents
Naming and liveries
Scrapping
Fleet summary
Class list
Preservation
Models
Notes
References
Further reading
External links

While the company was reportedly unimpressed by the type's performance, it was retained for heavy freight duties while much of the fleet was stored and subsequently sold onto other operators. Between 2004 and 2007, typically between 50 and 75% of the fleet would be out of action at a given time. However, during November 2010, EWS's successor, DB Schenker, announced that a portion of the fleet would be overhauled, referring to such units as Super 60s and extending their service life through to around 2025. Not all Class 60s received such overhauls however. During 2020, a Class 60 became the first example of the type to be scrapped, while another became the first to be preserved. Contents
1 History
2 Design
2.1 Bodywork
2.2 Electrical
2.3 Prime mover
3 Current operators
3.1 DB Cargo UK
3.2 GB Railfreight
3.3 DCRail
4 Former operators
4.1 British Rail
4.2 Colas Rail
5 Accidents and incidents
6 Naming and liveries
7 Scrapping
8 Fleet summary
8.1 Class list
9 Preservation
10 Models
11 Notes
12 References
13 Further reading
14 External links
History
During the early 1980s, British Rail operated several different diesel locomotives that had been categorised as Type 5, these being a relatively high-powered locomotive suited to heavy freight trains, such as the British Rail Class 56 and British Rail Class 58. However, the Class 56 proved to be somewhat unreliable, contributing to dissatisfaction amongst British Rail's customer base. One such customer, Foster Yeoman, became so disillusioned with the locomotives supplied for its aggregates trains that it procured its own private fleet of locomotives, the British Rail Class 59, that were manufactured by GM-EMD. British Rail was reportedly interested in buying its own version of the Class 59, but hesitated in fear of objections by trade unions, particularly over its production not being based in Britain. To avoid creating tensions, it was deemed necessary for any new locomotive to be manufactured domestically.

Tricks to Massachusetts HHA Certification; FREE Training Available Massachusetts HHA Requirements
Massachusetts HHA Requirements
TO THE POINT
How To Be a HHA in Massachusetts
Added Responsibilities
Finding [FREE] HHA Classes
Why Get HHA Certified
Listing of Agencies
Making Contact
Massachusetts HHA Resources
Citation:
 Print Copy
State
Name
Address
City
Zip
Phone
Type
HHA Services? Survey Rating
MA
Acton Public Health Nursing Se
30 Sudbury Road
Acton
01720
978-929-6650
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Amedisys Home Health Care
67 Hunt Street, Suite 102
Agawam
01001
413-789-0027
Local

MA
Western Mass Home Health Services Inc
270 Main Street
Agawam
01001
413-789-0132
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Art Of Care Inc
121 Harvard Avenue, 2Nd Fl
Allston
02134
617-787-7799
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
All At Home Health Care Llc
20 Linden Street, 2Nd Floor
Allston
02134
617-782-9900
Local

MA
Encompass Health Home Health
35 New England Business Center Dr Ste 207
Andover
01810
978-388-4500
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Beyond Healthcare Agency, Llc
10 New England Business Center, Suite 105
Andover
01810
978-930-9410
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Visiting Nurse Comm Health Inc
37 Broadway Steet
Arlington
02474
781-643-6090
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Visiting Nurse And Community Care
37 Broadway, Suite #2
Arlington
02474
781-396-2633
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Community Vna
10 Emory Street
Attleboro
02703
508-222-0118
Visiting Nurse Association

State

City
Zip

First Previous 1 2 3 4 5 … 27 Next Last
Making Contact
Now that you have a good listing of potential agencies to work for, you will want to reach out to them and ask some basic questions to learn more about them. Here's a free handy checklist of these questions to ask; makes it easy to track your progress and compare HHA classes. Massachusetts HHA Resources
Here’s a FREE search tool to find HHA agencies and free training classes in your area! This is important… here’s how you can get started as a home health aide in just weeks. HHA minimum wage from the U.S. Department of Labor. Most direct care workers (such as HHA's) must receive a federal minimum wage. Community VNA offers FREE Home Health Aide (HHA) training classes. Classes run for 4 weeks and take place weekday evenings with some Saturdays.

Tricks to Massachusetts HHA Certification; FREE Training Available

Massachusetts HHA Requirements
Massachusetts HHA Requirements
TO THE POINT
How To Be a HHA in Massachusetts
Added Responsibilities
Finding [FREE] HHA Classes
Why Get HHA Certified
Listing of Agencies
Making Contact
Massachusetts HHA Resources
Citation:

Print Copy
State
Name
Address
City
Zip
Phone
Type
HHA Services? Survey Rating
MA
Acton Public Health Nursing Se
30 Sudbury Road
Acton
01720
978-929-6650
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Amedisys Home Health Care
67 Hunt Street, Suite 102
Agawam
01001
413-789-0027
Local

MA
Western Mass Home Health Services Inc
270 Main Street
Agawam
01001
413-789-0132
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Art Of Care Inc
121 Harvard Avenue, 2Nd Fl
Allston
02134
617-787-7799
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
All At Home Health Care Llc
20 Linden Street, 2Nd Floor
Allston
02134
617-782-9900
Local

MA
Encompass Health Home Health
35 New England Business Center Dr Ste 207
Andover
01810
978-388-4500
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Beyond Healthcare Agency, Llc
10 New England Business Center, Suite 105
Andover
01810
978-930-9410
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Visiting Nurse Comm Health Inc
37 Broadway Steet
Arlington
02474
781-643-6090
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Visiting Nurse And Community Care
37 Broadway, Suite #2
Arlington
02474
781-396-2633
Visiting Nurse Association

MA
Community Vna
10 Emory Street
Attleboro
02703
508-222-0118
Visiting Nurse Association

State

City
Zip

First Previous 1 2 3 4 5 … 27 Next Last
Making Contact
Now that you have a good listing of potential agencies to work for, you will want to reach out to them and ask some basic questions to learn more about them. Here's a free handy checklist of these questions to ask; makes it easy to track your progress and compare HHA classes. Massachusetts HHA Resources
Here’s a FREE search tool to find HHA agencies and free training classes in your area! This is important… here’s how you can get started as a home health aide in just weeks. HHA minimum wage from the U.S. Department of Labor. Most direct care workers (such as HHA's) must receive a federal minimum wage. Community VNA offers FREE Home Health Aide (HHA) training classes. Classes run for 4 weeks and take place weekday evenings with some Saturdays.

China Transportation, Transportation System In China China Transport
China Transport
China Transport
China Air Transport
The following are the major reliable airlines in China:
Air Travel Tips
Visa-Free Access
Free Luggage Allowance in Chinese Airlines:
Airport Fee
China Rail Transport
China High-Speed Train
China International Trains
Train Travel Tips
Highway Transport
Waterway Transport
Best-Known Waterways
Urban Transport
Bus
Tips on Taking a Bus
Metro
Taxi
Bicycle
Experience the Chinese Transportation
 The number of passengers transported by train has reached 2.5 billion. Chinese railway service boasts domestic and international operations. The Chinese railway network is 124,000 kilometers long in total, of which 22,000 km belong to high-speed railways. These railways cover almost every place in China, even remote mountainous areas, plateaus, and the seaside. China High-Speed Train
A high-speed train is a prime choice among all types of trains as it works at a speed of 250-300 km/h and has a high-standard service. It is also called bullet, fast, or CRH train, with the initial “G”, “D”, or “C” as its serial number. Tickets of the high-speed rail fall into the second class, first-class, business class, and VIP category. Some overnight D trains offer soft sleepers and luxury soft sleepers. Many D trains provide standing room tickets, the prices of which are the same as second-class seats. Facilities on these trains are similar to those on an airplane.

China Transportation, Transportation System In China

China Transport
China Transport
China Transport
China Air Transport
The following are the major reliable airlines in China:
Air Travel Tips
Visa-Free Access
Free Luggage Allowance in Chinese Airlines:
Airport Fee
China Rail Transport
China High-Speed Train
China International Trains
Train Travel Tips
Highway Transport
Waterway Transport
Best-Known Waterways
Urban Transport
Bus
Tips on Taking a Bus
Metro
Taxi
Bicycle
Experience the Chinese Transportation

The number of passengers transported by train has reached 2.5 billion. Chinese railway service boasts domestic and international operations. The Chinese railway network is 124,000 kilometers long in total, of which 22,000 km belong to high-speed railways. These railways cover almost every place in China, even remote mountainous areas, plateaus, and the seaside. China High-Speed Train
A high-speed train is a prime choice among all types of trains as it works at a speed of 250-300 km/h and has a high-standard service. It is also called bullet, fast, or CRH train, with the initial “G”, “D”, or “C” as its serial number. Tickets of the high-speed rail fall into the second class, first-class, business class, and VIP category. Some overnight D trains offer soft sleepers and luxury soft sleepers. Many D trains provide standing room tickets, the prices of which are the same as second-class seats. Facilities on these trains are similar to those on an airplane.

First class travel - Wikipedia First class travel
First class travel
Contents
Aviation
Railways
Australia
Canada
China
Germany
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Japan
The Netherlands
Qatar
Russia
Spain
United Kingdom
United States
South Korea
Switzerland
United Arab Emirates
Cruise ships and liners
See also
References
 Railways
While first-class travel accommodation is common in intercity public transport rail services, they have become increasingly prevalent for commuters ' short-distance daily travel, especially in rapid transit contexts, rather than longer-distance regional rail . Australia
Australia has internal rail operations in each of its states, excluding Tasmania, normally run by the State Government but in some cases is run by private operators. In each state, first class travel differs. NSW TrainLink ( New South Wales)
First-class travel on TrainLink comes in two forms. On Xplorer and XPT trains, first-class seating is offered which include an increased legroom and seating recline over economy-class seating. On some XPT trains, first-class sleeping compartments can also be found. On day services these accommodate three people per compartment, and by night they carry two people with bunk-style accommodation. Queensland Rail ( Queensland)
Queensland Rail offer first-class travel on many of their Traveltrain services, along with business class on their Tilt Train Services. Queensland Rail Traveltrain first class carriages provided private cabins in either roomette (single room) or twinette (double room) cabins. V/Line ( Victoria)
First-class accommodation on V/Line is a 2x2 seating arrangement, with extra legroom and recline, only available on certain locomotive-hauled services.

First class travel - Wikipedia

First class travel
First class travel
Contents
Aviation
Railways
Australia
Canada
China
Germany
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Japan
The Netherlands
Qatar
Russia
Spain
United Kingdom
United States
South Korea
Switzerland
United Arab Emirates
Cruise ships and liners
See also
References

Railways
While first-class travel accommodation is common in intercity public transport rail services, they have become increasingly prevalent for commuters ' short-distance daily travel, especially in rapid transit contexts, rather than longer-distance regional rail . Australia
Australia has internal rail operations in each of its states, excluding Tasmania, normally run by the State Government but in some cases is run by private operators. In each state, first class travel differs. NSW TrainLink ( New South Wales)
First-class travel on TrainLink comes in two forms. On Xplorer and XPT trains, first-class seating is offered which include an increased legroom and seating recline over economy-class seating. On some XPT trains, first-class sleeping compartments can also be found. On day services these accommodate three people per compartment, and by night they carry two people with bunk-style accommodation. Queensland Rail ( Queensland)
Queensland Rail offer first-class travel on many of their Traveltrain services, along with business class on their Tilt Train Services. Queensland Rail Traveltrain first class carriages provided private cabins in either roomette (single room) or twinette (double room) cabins. V/Line ( Victoria)
First-class accommodation on V/Line is a 2x2 seating arrangement, with extra legroom and recline, only available on certain locomotive-hauled services.

Silver Star (NZR train) - Wikipedia Silver Star
(NZR train)

Silver Star (NZR train)
Contents
Introduction
Withdrawal
Rolling Stock and motive power
Bogies
Replacement
References
Bibliography
External links
 The public announcement of plans for the new train was made in December 1965 Extensive study was made of other early 1960s Australian overnight trains, particularly the Queensland Rail Sunlander, the Victorian Railways/South Australian Railways Overland, and similar designs in the United States, such as the final Santa Fe Railroad 'High-Level' and Burlington Railroad carriages. New Zealand built carriages were estimated by NZR Chief Mechanical Engineer, J. Black in 1958, to cost NZ£25,000 pounds for a second-class carriage and £35,000 for a first-class carriage. By 1960, NZR had concluded that stainless steel carriages, which reduced maintenance costs, including avoiding the need to paint were preferable, even though this was at a cost premium of 12–20%. That meant in 1970 a per-carriage cost of $100,000+ for Japanese or Australian stainless steel construction, with $60,000 to $70,000 for conventional Italian or Swedish-built first-class carriages. In 1941 NZR built 31-seat first-class carriages at a cost of £7,140 and second-class, 56-seat carriages at a cost of £5,920 per carriage. In 1967 the new train was promoted by Minister of Railways, J.B. Gordon, on the grounds that it would deliver a clear return on its purchase cost and operation. Most equivalent overseas passenger rail services ceased that year and following the US Postal Service ending its use of almost all North American rail passenger services for first class mail in September 1967—Santa Fe applied to the Interstate Commerce Commission to withdraw 33 out of 39 of the long-distance express passenger trains they ran. That is, all but the Los Angeles-Chicago Super Chief and its Frisco connection, the Texas Chief (Chicago-Houston), its Dallas connection, and two Los Angeles-San Diego locals. Nevertheless, approval for NZR to release tenders for the new train was made on 19 November 1968. The order for the train was placed with mid-1969 with Hitachi and Nippon Sharyo.

Silver Star (NZR train) - Wikipedia

Silver Star
(NZR train)

Silver Star (NZR train)
Contents
Introduction
Withdrawal
Rolling Stock and motive power
Bogies
Replacement
References
Bibliography
External links

The public announcement of plans for the new train was made in December 1965 Extensive study was made of other early 1960s Australian overnight trains, particularly the Queensland Rail Sunlander, the Victorian Railways/South Australian Railways Overland, and similar designs in the United States, such as the final Santa Fe Railroad 'High-Level' and Burlington Railroad carriages. New Zealand built carriages were estimated by NZR Chief Mechanical Engineer, J. Black in 1958, to cost NZ£25,000 pounds for a second-class carriage and £35,000 for a first-class carriage. By 1960, NZR had concluded that stainless steel carriages, which reduced maintenance costs, including avoiding the need to paint were preferable, even though this was at a cost premium of 12–20%. That meant in 1970 a per-carriage cost of $100,000+ for Japanese or Australian stainless steel construction, with $60,000 to $70,000 for conventional Italian or Swedish-built first-class carriages. In 1941 NZR built 31-seat first-class carriages at a cost of £7,140 and second-class, 56-seat carriages at a cost of £5,920 per carriage. In 1967 the new train was promoted by Minister of Railways, J.B. Gordon, on the grounds that it would deliver a clear return on its purchase cost and operation. Most equivalent overseas passenger rail services ceased that year and following the US Postal Service ending its use of almost all North American rail passenger services for first class mail in September 1967—Santa Fe applied to the Interstate Commerce Commission to withdraw 33 out of 39 of the long-distance express passenger trains they ran. That is, all but the Los Angeles-Chicago Super Chief and its Frisco connection, the Texas Chief (Chicago-Houston), its Dallas connection, and two Los Angeles-San Diego locals. Nevertheless, approval for NZR to release tenders for the new train was made on 19 November 1968. The order for the train was placed with mid-1969 with Hitachi and Nippon Sharyo.

Advanced Passenger Train - Wikipedia Advanced Passenger Train
Advanced Passenger Train
Contents
Background
BR research
Cant and tilting trains
APT's origins
Finalising the design
POP
APT-E
Move to electrification
Design review
HST vs. APT
APT-P
Service testing
In service
Queasy rider
Further development
Re-entry, demise
Examination
Legacy
APT today
Notes
References
Citations
Bibliography
External links
 All support for the APT project collapsed as anyone in authority distanced themselves from what was being derided as a failure. Plans for a production version, APT-S, were abandoned, and the three APT-Ps ran for just over a year before being withdrawn again over the winter of 1985/6. Two of the three sets were broken up, and parts of the third sent to the National Railway Museum where it joined the APT-E. The patents for the APT's tilt system were sold to Fiat Ferroviaria . In spite of the APT's troubled history, the design was highly influential and directly inspired other successful trains. The considerable work on electrification that was carried out hand-in-hand with APT was put to good use with newer non-tilting designs like the British Rail Class 91. More recently, the APT's tilt system was returned to the WCML on the British Rail Class 390, based on the Fiat car design and built by Alstom. Other features pioneered on APT, such as the hydrokinetic braking used to stop the train within existing separations, have not been adopted. Contents
1 Background
1.1 BR research
1.2 Cant and tilting trains
1.3 APT's origins
1.4 Finalising the design
1.5 POP
1.6 APT-E
1.7 Move to electrification
1.8 Design review
1.9 HST vs. APT
1.10 APT-P
1.11 Service testing
2 In service
2.1 Queasy rider
2.2 Further development
2.3 Re-entry, demise
3 Examination
4 Legacy
5 APT today
6 Notes
7 References
7.1 Citations
7.2 Bibliography
8 External links
Background
Main articles: British Rail APT-E and British Rail Class 370
See also: InterCity 125 and British Rail Classes 253, 254 and 255
Driving controls of the Advanced Passenger Train (APT-P) at Crewe Heritage Centre.

Advanced Passenger Train - Wikipedia

Advanced Passenger Train
Advanced Passenger Train
Contents
Background
BR research
Cant and tilting trains
APT's origins
Finalising the design
POP
APT-E
Move to electrification
Design review
HST vs. APT
APT-P
Service testing
In service
Queasy rider
Further development
Re-entry, demise
Examination
Legacy
APT today
Notes
References
Citations
Bibliography
External links

All support for the APT project collapsed as anyone in authority distanced themselves from what was being derided as a failure. Plans for a production version, APT-S, were abandoned, and the three APT-Ps ran for just over a year before being withdrawn again over the winter of 1985/6. Two of the three sets were broken up, and parts of the third sent to the National Railway Museum where it joined the APT-E. The patents for the APT's tilt system were sold to Fiat Ferroviaria . In spite of the APT's troubled history, the design was highly influential and directly inspired other successful trains. The considerable work on electrification that was carried out hand-in-hand with APT was put to good use with newer non-tilting designs like the British Rail Class 91. More recently, the APT's tilt system was returned to the WCML on the British Rail Class 390, based on the Fiat car design and built by Alstom. Other features pioneered on APT, such as the hydrokinetic braking used to stop the train within existing separations, have not been adopted. Contents
1 Background
1.1 BR research
1.2 Cant and tilting trains
1.3 APT's origins
1.4 Finalising the design
1.5 POP
1.6 APT-E
1.7 Move to electrification
1.8 Design review
1.9 HST vs. APT
1.10 APT-P
1.11 Service testing
2 In service
2.1 Queasy rider
2.2 Further development
2.3 Re-entry, demise
3 Examination
4 Legacy
5 APT today
6 Notes
7 References
7.1 Citations
7.2 Bibliography
8 External links
Background
Main articles: British Rail APT-E and British Rail Class 370
See also: InterCity 125 and British Rail Classes 253, 254 and 255
Driving controls of the Advanced Passenger Train (APT-P) at Crewe Heritage Centre.

PTSD Service Dogs for Veterans - America's VetDogs PTSD Service Dogs for Veterans - America's VetDogs
PTSD Service Dogs for Veterans - America's VetDogs
Service Dogs Helping Veterans with PTSD
PTSD Service Dog Training
On-class Training
Program Completion
Eligibility: How to get a service dog for PTSD
How much does a PTSD service dog cost?
 Once the certified America’s VetDogs training team understands the needs of an applicant (several months prior to the student attending class), they will build upon foundation tasks and introduce advanced tasks that will specifically help mitigate our student’s needs. These tasks are taught on class and can provide a calming effect and sense of security for its handler. On-class Training
During the first week of class, students are introduced to basic obedience and commands, ways to motivate and reward their dogs and service dog handling techniques in preparation for receiving their new PTSD service dog. On day two and three they work with demonstration dogs, get acquainted with equipment and learn how to respond to dog behavior, then they are introduced to their dogs. For the remainder of the week, they work on the fundamentals of communicating and working with their new partner in various environments both on campus and in other training environments. Training includes basic and advanced obedience, primary and secondary motivators, discussions on dog care, etiquette, canine communication and learning theory and more. As the class carries over into week two, students will gain confidence in leading their dog through advanced handling techniques. They will have a clear understanding of how to read their dog and anticipate their dog’s reaction to environmental changes, use of appropriate equipment to become the most effective handler and understand how to motivate and reward their dog throughout the working day. Students will also learn how to work with their dogs in various settings that include residential and country environments; outings to malls, grocery stores and other stores, transportation venues including overland rail, train platforms, airports and other types of real-world situations.

PTSD Service Dogs for Veterans - America's VetDogs

PTSD Service Dogs for Veterans - America's VetDogs
PTSD Service Dogs for Veterans - America's VetDogs
Service Dogs Helping Veterans with PTSD
PTSD Service Dog Training
On-class Training
Program Completion
Eligibility: How to get a service dog for PTSD
How much does a PTSD service dog cost?

Once the certified America’s VetDogs training team understands the needs of an applicant (several months prior to the student attending class), they will build upon foundation tasks and introduce advanced tasks that will specifically help mitigate our student’s needs. These tasks are taught on class and can provide a calming effect and sense of security for its handler. On-class Training
During the first week of class, students are introduced to basic obedience and commands, ways to motivate and reward their dogs and service dog handling techniques in preparation for receiving their new PTSD service dog. On day two and three they work with demonstration dogs, get acquainted with equipment and learn how to respond to dog behavior, then they are introduced to their dogs. For the remainder of the week, they work on the fundamentals of communicating and working with their new partner in various environments both on campus and in other training environments. Training includes basic and advanced obedience, primary and secondary motivators, discussions on dog care, etiquette, canine communication and learning theory and more. As the class carries over into week two, students will gain confidence in leading their dog through advanced handling techniques. They will have a clear understanding of how to read their dog and anticipate their dog’s reaction to environmental changes, use of appropriate equipment to become the most effective handler and understand how to motivate and reward their dog throughout the working day. Students will also learn how to work with their dogs in various settings that include residential and country environments; outings to malls, grocery stores and other stores, transportation venues including overland rail, train platforms, airports and other types of real-world situations.

China Trains Tickets, Best Rail Booking Service, Realtime Schedule China Train Schedule & Tickets Booking
China Train Schedule & Tickets Booking
International Train from China
Great service for booking train tickets!
Train ticket purchase in China
Good service
Train Travel for someone who Lives in China
Train tickets
Train tickets
Journey to CQ
Travel China Guide bit was good
High speed train tickets
Top notch
Quick Guide on Train Travel in China
High Speed Trains
First Class Seat vs. Second Class Seat
Which type of train and which class to choose
How to buy China rail tickets
How to collect tickets
How to take a train in China
How to read a China train ticket
What to do if refund, change or lose a ticket
Weight & size limit for carry-on luggage
Best China Train Travel Routes:
Schedule of Top Chinese Cities:
What's On
New Train Timetable of China Has Been Adopted Since April 10, 2021
Apr. 13, 2021
Train Tickets for 2021 Qingming Festival Are on Hot Sale
Mar. 31, 2021
 High Speed Trains
The 37,900 km's (23,550 mi) high speed rail enables more than 2,300 pairs of daily bullet trains in operation, connecting almost every large city and top tourist destinations. First Class Seat vs. Second Class Seat
First class carriage has four seats in a row while second class carriage has five, hence a first class seat is bigger and more comfortable. But its ticket price is 20%-40% higher than that of a second class seat. Which type of train and which class to choose
High speed types are recommended, with second class seats, first class seats and business class seats for short-time journeys. Soft sleepers and hard sleepers are good choices for an overnight trip. How to buy China rail tickets
Two methods: book with an online agency as early as possible to ensure the best seat/berth; purchase at a railway station with your original passport at most 28 days in advance. How to collect tickets
It's unnecessary to have a paper ticket. If you want a receipt for reimbursement, you can have it delivered to a hotel you reserved in China or pick it up at a railway station with your passport and pickup number.

China Trains Tickets, Best Rail Booking Service, Realtime Schedule

China Train Schedule & Tickets Booking
China Train Schedule & Tickets Booking
International Train from China
Great service for booking train tickets!
Train ticket purchase in China
Good service
Train Travel for someone who Lives in China
Train tickets
Train tickets
Journey to CQ
Travel China Guide bit was good
High speed train tickets
Top notch
Quick Guide on Train Travel in China
High Speed Trains
First Class Seat vs. Second Class Seat
Which type of train and which class to choose
How to buy China rail tickets
How to collect tickets
How to take a train in China
How to read a China train ticket
What to do if refund, change or lose a ticket
Weight & size limit for carry-on luggage
Best China Train Travel Routes:
Schedule of Top Chinese Cities:
What's On
New Train Timetable of China Has Been Adopted Since April 10, 2021
Apr. 13, 2021
Train Tickets for 2021 Qingming Festival Are on Hot Sale
Mar. 31, 2021

High Speed Trains
The 37,900 km's (23,550 mi) high speed rail enables more than 2,300 pairs of daily bullet trains in operation, connecting almost every large city and top tourist destinations. First Class Seat vs. Second Class Seat
First class carriage has four seats in a row while second class carriage has five, hence a first class seat is bigger and more comfortable. But its ticket price is 20%-40% higher than that of a second class seat. Which type of train and which class to choose
High speed types are recommended, with second class seats, first class seats and business class seats for short-time journeys. Soft sleepers and hard sleepers are good choices for an overnight trip. How to buy China rail tickets
Two methods: book with an online agency as early as possible to ensure the best seat/berth; purchase at a railway station with your original passport at most 28 days in advance. How to collect tickets
It's unnecessary to have a paper ticket. If you want a receipt for reimbursement, you can have it delivered to a hotel you reserved in China or pick it up at a railway station with your passport and pickup number.

First class travel - Wikipedia First class travel
First class travel
Contents
Aviation
Railways
Australia
Canada
China
Germany
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Japan
The Netherlands
Qatar
Russia
Spain
United Kingdom
United States
South Korea
Switzerland
United Arab Emirates
Cruise ships and liners
See also
References
 On some XPT trains, first-class sleeping compartments can also be found. On day services these accommodate three people per compartment, and by night they carry two people with bunk-style accommodation. Queensland Rail ( Queensland)
Queensland Rail offer first-class travel on many of their Traveltrain services, along with business class on their Tilt Train Services. Queensland Rail Traveltrain first class carriages provided private cabins in either roomette (single room) or twinette (double room) cabins. V/Line ( Victoria)
First-class accommodation on V/Line is a 2x2 seating arrangement, with extra legroom and recline, only available on certain locomotive-hauled services. Journey Beyond ( New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Northern Territory and Western Australia)
This railway privately operates the tourist-oriented The Overland, Indian Pacific, and The Ghan services. The first class travel on these trains are branded as Platinum Service (on the Indian Pacific and The Ghan) with roomette, twinette and deluxe cabins; or Red Premium Service (on The Overland) with 2x1 seating, extra legroom, and more recline than the Red Service seating. Canada
The Canadian ( French: Le Canadien) train, operated by Via Rail, offers a Prestige class, comparable to first class.

First class travel - Wikipedia

On some XPT trains, first-class sleeping compartments can also be found. On day services these accommodate three people per compartment, and by night they carry two people with bunk-style accommodation. Queensland Rail ( Queensland)
Queensland Rail offer first-class travel on many of their Traveltrain services, along with business class on their Tilt Train Services. Queensland Rail Traveltrain first class carriages provided private cabins in either roomette (single room) or twinette (double room) cabins. V/Line ( Victoria)
First-class accommodation on V/Line is a 2x2 seating arrangement, with extra legroom and recline, only available on certain locomotive-hauled services. Journey Beyond ( New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Northern Territory and Western Australia)
This railway privately operates the tourist-oriented The Overland, Indian Pacific, and The Ghan services. The first class travel on these trains are branded as Platinum Service (on the Indian Pacific and The Ghan) with roomette, twinette and deluxe cabins; or Red Premium Service (on The Overland) with 2x1 seating, extra legroom, and more recline than the Red Service seating. Canada
The Canadian ( French: Le Canadien) train, operated by Via Rail, offers a Prestige class, comparable to first class.

Electro-diesel locomotive - Wikipedia Electro-diesel locomotive
Electro-diesel locomotive
Contents
Overview
Primarily electric
Primarily diesel
Full dual-mode
Europe
Germany
Poland
Spain
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Russia
North America
Canada
United States
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
Asia
India
Hybrid locomotive
See also
References
External links
 Switzerland
Light dual-mode (electric and diesel) shunter SBB Tem III 346 at work
Rhaetian Railway Gem 4/4 801 and 802, 1000 V DC overhead wires ( Bernina Railway)
Swiss Federal Railways Tem I 251–275 (1950–57), Tem II 276–298 (1967) and Tem III 321–365 (1954–62) shunters (Tem III see image) of which only few are still in service. Swiss Federal Railways Eem 923 shunters using both 15 kV 16.7 Hz and 25 kV 50 Hz overhead wires and a 360 kW auxiliary diesel engine are on delivery from Stadler Rail 's Winterthur plant. United Kingdom
An experimental electro-diesel locomotive, DEL120, was built by London Underground in 1940 but was not a success. Two types have been built whose electricity source was a 750 V DC third rail . British Rail Class 73, dating from 1962 – the more successful design, with some still in regular use. They originally had lower power output in the diesel mode, but are re-engined to provide more power. ( 2020, 59 years since introduction)
British Rail Class 74 – rebuilt from British Rail Class 71 electric locomotives in 1967 and withdrawn by 1977. Electro-diesel locomotives whose electricity source is 25 kV 50 Hz AC overhead line include: British Rail Class 88 – locomotive used by Direct Rail Services. Introduced in 2017.

Electro-diesel locomotive - Wikipedia

Electro-diesel locomotive
Electro-diesel locomotive
Contents
Overview
Primarily electric
Primarily diesel
Full dual-mode
Europe
Germany
Poland
Spain
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Russia
North America
Canada
United States
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
Asia
India
Hybrid locomotive
See also
References
External links

Switzerland
Light dual-mode (electric and diesel) shunter SBB Tem III 346 at work
Rhaetian Railway Gem 4/4 801 and 802, 1000 V DC overhead wires ( Bernina Railway)
Swiss Federal Railways Tem I 251–275 (1950–57), Tem II 276–298 (1967) and Tem III 321–365 (1954–62) shunters (Tem III see image) of which only few are still in service. Swiss Federal Railways Eem 923 shunters using both 15 kV 16.7 Hz and 25 kV 50 Hz overhead wires and a 360 kW auxiliary diesel engine are on delivery from Stadler Rail 's Winterthur plant. United Kingdom
An experimental electro-diesel locomotive, DEL120, was built by London Underground in 1940 but was not a success. Two types have been built whose electricity source was a 750 V DC third rail . British Rail Class 73, dating from 1962 – the more successful design, with some still in regular use. They originally had lower power output in the diesel mode, but are re-engined to provide more power. ( 2020, 59 years since introduction)
British Rail Class 74 – rebuilt from British Rail Class 71 electric locomotives in 1967 and withdrawn by 1977. Electro-diesel locomotives whose electricity source is 25 kV 50 Hz AC overhead line include: British Rail Class 88 – locomotive used by Direct Rail Services. Introduced in 2017.

Minimum railway curve radius - Wikipedia Minimum railway curve radius
Minimum railway curve radius
Contents
History
Factors affecting the minimum curve radius
Steam locomotives
Couplings
Train lengths
Speed and cant
Transition curves
Vertical curves
Problem curves
List of selected minimum curve radii
See also
References
External links
 Steam locomotives
As the need for more powerful (steam) locomotives grew, the need for more driving wheels on a longer, fixed wheelbase grew too. But long wheel bases do not cope well with curves of a small radius. Various types of articulated locomotives (e.g., Mallet, Garratt, and Shay) were devised to avoid having to operate multiple locomotives with multiple crews. More recent diesel and electric locomotives do not have a wheelbase problem, as they have flexible bogies, and also can easily be operated in multiple with a single crew. The Tasmanian Government Railways K class was
610 mm ( 2 ft) gauge
99 ft (30 m) radius curves
Example Garratt
1,000 mm ( 3 ft 3
+
3⁄8 in) metre gauge
25 kg/m (50.40 lb/yd) rails
Main line radius - 175 m (574 ft)
Siding radius - 84 m (276 ft)
0-4-0
GER Class 209
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in) standard gauge
Couplings
Not all couplers can handle very short radii. This is particularly true of the European buffer and chain couplers, where the buffers extend the length of the rail car body. For a line with a maximum speed of 60 km/h (37 mph), buffer-and-chain couplers increase the minimum radius to around 150 m (164 yd; 492 ft). As narrow-gauge railways, tramways, and rapid transit systems normally do not interchange with mainline railroads, instances of these types of railroad in Europe often use bufferless central couplers and build to a tighter standard. Train lengths
A long heavy freight train, especially those with wagons of mixed loading, may struggle on short radius curves, as the drawgear forces may pull intermediate wagons off the rails.

Minimum railway curve radius - Wikipedia

Minimum railway curve radius
Minimum railway curve radius
Contents
History
Factors affecting the minimum curve radius
Steam locomotives
Couplings
Train lengths
Speed and cant
Transition curves
Vertical curves
Problem curves
List of selected minimum curve radii
See also
References
External links

Steam locomotives
As the need for more powerful (steam) locomotives grew, the need for more driving wheels on a longer, fixed wheelbase grew too. But long wheel bases do not cope well with curves of a small radius. Various types of articulated locomotives (e.g., Mallet, Garratt, and Shay) were devised to avoid having to operate multiple locomotives with multiple crews. More recent diesel and electric locomotives do not have a wheelbase problem, as they have flexible bogies, and also can easily be operated in multiple with a single crew. The Tasmanian Government Railways K class was
610 mm ( 2 ft) gauge
99 ft (30 m) radius curves
Example Garratt
1,000 mm ( 3 ft 3
+
3⁄8 in) metre gauge
25 kg/m (50.40 lb/yd) rails
Main line radius - 175 m (574 ft)
Siding radius - 84 m (276 ft)
0-4-0
GER Class 209
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in) standard gauge
Couplings
Not all couplers can handle very short radii. This is particularly true of the European buffer and chain couplers, where the buffers extend the length of the rail car body. For a line with a maximum speed of 60 km/h (37 mph), buffer-and-chain couplers increase the minimum radius to around 150 m (164 yd; 492 ft). As narrow-gauge railways, tramways, and rapid transit systems normally do not interchange with mainline railroads, instances of these types of railroad in Europe often use bufferless central couplers and build to a tighter standard. Train lengths
A long heavy freight train, especially those with wagons of mixed loading, may struggle on short radius curves, as the drawgear forces may pull intermediate wagons off the rails.

Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Italy?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: Italy
What are my options for rail passes that cover Italy?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Italian trains?
What do rail passes cover in Italy?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Italy?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?
 What do rail passes cover in Italy? Aside from the extra reservation fees required for certain classes of train (see above), Eurail passes cover all travel on trains run by the Italian State Railway ( Ferrovie dello Stato Italiano ). Rail passes do not, however, cover most of Italy's privately run trains, such as these biggies: Thello: Thello operates the only direct night train between France (Paris or Dijon) and Italy (stops include Milan, Verona, and Venice); they also run the only daytime trains on the Milan–Genova–Nice–Marseille route that don't require a change at the border. ( These trains may show up as "EuroCity" or "EC" on some schedules.) While the Eurail Global Pass will get you a 25 percent discount on Thello trains (also works if you have either a Eurail France Pass or Italy Pass), this doesn't beat most advance-purchase deals — for the best price, buy your ticket months ahead (or consider flying ). Italo: These high-speed trains connect Italy's main cities…but so do the equally fast and more frequent Le Frecce trains, which are covered by rail passes (though they do require a paid seat reservation;

Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves

Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
Italy Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Italy?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: Italy
What are my options for rail passes that cover Italy?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Italian trains?
What do rail passes cover in Italy?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Italy?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?

What do rail passes cover in Italy? Aside from the extra reservation fees required for certain classes of train (see above), Eurail passes cover all travel on trains run by the Italian State Railway ( Ferrovie dello Stato Italiano ). Rail passes do not, however, cover most of Italy's privately run trains, such as these biggies: Thello: Thello operates the only direct night train between France (Paris or Dijon) and Italy (stops include Milan, Verona, and Venice); they also run the only daytime trains on the Milan–Genova–Nice–Marseille route that don't require a change at the border. ( These trains may show up as "EuroCity" or "EC" on some schedules.) While the Eurail Global Pass will get you a 25 percent discount on Thello trains (also works if you have either a Eurail France Pass or Italy Pass), this doesn't beat most advance-purchase deals — for the best price, buy your ticket months ahead (or consider flying ). Italo: These high-speed trains connect Italy's main cities…but so do the equally fast and more frequent Le Frecce trains, which are covered by rail passes (though they do require a paid seat reservation;

British Rail Class 360 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 360
British Rail Class 360
Contents
Description
Class 360/1
Class 360/2
Accidents and incidents
Fleet details
References
External links
 Accidents and incidents
On 25 May 2014, 360205 derailed as it entered Paddington due to bogie maintenance errors, exacerbated by a track defect. Fleet details
Class
Cars per Set
No. Built
No. Range
Operator
Year Built
Notes
Class 360/1
4
21
360101–360121
East Midlands Railway
2002–2003
To enter service in May 2021
Class 360/2
5
5
360201–360205
Rail Operations Group
2004–2005
Stored at Bicester MOD; to be converted into freight use. References
^ a b c d Desiro UK Class 360 Multiple Unit Archived 6 October 2011 at the Wayback Machine - Siemens Mobility. Page 37. Retrieved 29 September 2012. ^ http://www.railway-centre.com/class-360.html
^ FGE Class 360 Desiro moves to Czech Republic for tests Rail issue 443 4 September 2002 page 60
^ Desiro makes its FGE debut run Rail issue 468 20 August 2003 page 8
^ FGE 360 Desiro returns to Germany Rail issue 483 17 March 2004 page 31
^ NXEA to clear Class 360s to Norwich Today's Railways UK issue 105 September 2010 page 67
^ "Class 360 - National Express East Anglia". Siemens Mobility.

British Rail Class 360 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 360
British Rail Class 360
Contents
Description
Class 360/1
Class 360/2
Accidents and incidents
Fleet details
References
External links

Accidents and incidents
On 25 May 2014, 360205 derailed as it entered Paddington due to bogie maintenance errors, exacerbated by a track defect. Fleet details
Class
Cars per Set
No. Built
No. Range
Operator
Year Built
Notes
Class 360/1
4
21
360101–360121
East Midlands Railway
2002–2003
To enter service in May 2021
Class 360/2
5
5
360201–360205
Rail Operations Group
2004–2005
Stored at Bicester MOD; to be converted into freight use. References
^ a b c d Desiro UK Class 360 Multiple Unit Archived 6 October 2011 at the Wayback Machine - Siemens Mobility. Page 37. Retrieved 29 September 2012. ^ http://www.railway-centre.com/class-360.html
^ FGE Class 360 Desiro moves to Czech Republic for tests Rail issue 443 4 September 2002 page 60
^ Desiro makes its FGE debut run Rail issue 468 20 August 2003 page 8
^ FGE 360 Desiro returns to Germany Rail issue 483 17 March 2004 page 31
^ NXEA to clear Class 360s to Norwich Today's Railways UK issue 105 September 2010 page 67
^ "Class 360 - National Express East Anglia". Siemens Mobility.

Electro-diesel locomotive - Wikipedia Electro-diesel locomotive
Electro-diesel locomotive
Contents
Overview
Primarily electric
Primarily diesel
Full dual-mode
Europe
Germany
Poland
Spain
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Russia
North America
Canada
United States
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
Asia
India
Hybrid locomotive
See also
References
External links
 Some of these, such as the British Rail Class 74, were converted from electric locomotives. The Southern Region of British Railways used these locomotives to cross non-electrified gaps and to haul boat trains that used tramways at the ports of Southampton and Weymouth. For economy, the diesel engine and its generator are considerably smaller than the electric capacity. The Southern types were of 1,600 hp or 'Type 3' rating as electrics, but only 600 hp as diesels. Later classes had as much as 2,500 hp on electric power, but still the same diesel engines. Despite this large difference, their comparable tractive efforts were much closer (around three-quarters as diesels) and so they could start and work equally heavy trains as diesels, but not to the same speeds. Primarily diesel
This is effectively a diesel locomotive with auxiliary electric motors (or connections to the existing traction motors), usually operating from 750 V DC third rail where non-electric traction is banned (e.g. EMD FL9, GE Genesis P32AC-DM, EMD DM30AC ). The primary function for these models is to provide a "one-seat ride" (a rail trip that doesn't require a transfer to a different train) between the electrified and non-electrified sections of a rail system or to allow trains to run through tunnels or other segments of track where diesel locomotives are generally prohibited due to their production of exhaust; such locomotives are used for certain trains servicing the New York City terminals of Grand Central Terminal and Penn Station, as the various rail tunnels into Manhattan have exhaust restrictions. Once out of the tunnels, the engines are started and operation is as a normal diesel locomotive.

Electro-diesel locomotive - Wikipedia

Some of these, such as the British Rail Class 74, were converted from electric locomotives. The Southern Region of British Railways used these locomotives to cross non-electrified gaps and to haul boat trains that used tramways at the ports of Southampton and Weymouth. For economy, the diesel engine and its generator are considerably smaller than the electric capacity. The Southern types were of 1,600 hp or 'Type 3' rating as electrics, but only 600 hp as diesels. Later classes had as much as 2,500 hp on electric power, but still the same diesel engines. Despite this large difference, their comparable tractive efforts were much closer (around three-quarters as diesels) and so they could start and work equally heavy trains as diesels, but not to the same speeds. Primarily diesel
This is effectively a diesel locomotive with auxiliary electric motors (or connections to the existing traction motors), usually operating from 750 V DC third rail where non-electric traction is banned (e.g. EMD FL9, GE Genesis P32AC-DM, EMD DM30AC ). The primary function for these models is to provide a "one-seat ride" (a rail trip that doesn't require a transfer to a different train) between the electrified and non-electrified sections of a rail system or to allow trains to run through tunnels or other segments of track where diesel locomotives are generally prohibited due to their production of exhaust; such locomotives are used for certain trains servicing the New York City terminals of Grand Central Terminal and Penn Station, as the various rail tunnels into Manhattan have exhaust restrictions. Once out of the tunnels, the engines are started and operation is as a normal diesel locomotive.

Luxury Train Travel in Canada | Canadian Train Vacations Luxury Train Travel in Canada
Luxury Train Travel in Canada
Unparalleld views
Ultimate relaxation
Opportunities to explore
Travel in style on a luxurious Canadian train vacation
Read more about luxury Canadian train journeys:
Quick Facts About Luxury Train Travel
Are you planning a trip to Canada and want to make it better?
At Fresh Tracks, we are true Canadian Insiders helping you create your ideal journey. Here’s what you get:
Luxury Train Travel Onboard the Rocky Mountaineer or VIA Rail
The Rocky Mountaineer
VIA Rail 'Canadian' Train
For the Ultimate in Luxury...
View Trips:
Luxury Services on the Rocky Mountaineer
The GoldLeaf Service
What's Included in GoldLeaf
Luxury Services on VIA Rail
Prestige Class
What's Included in Prestige Class
Luxury Train Trips & Tours
Take a look through our luxury train vacations to find the perfect journey to suit your interests.
Complete Canadian Rockies by Rail
Vancouver to Toronto Train Tour
Canadian Cross Country Journey
 Your personalized concierge will take care of you throughout your journey
So you just need to relax and enjoy the incredible views
Enjoy the luxury of Prestige class onboard VIA Rail's 'Canadian' train
As the sun begins to set, sleep in style in the newly revamped Prestige cabins
Sink into the deluxe fold down bed and enjoy the in-cabin entertainment unit
During the day, relax in the spacious cabin fitted with a custom sectional couch
You'll appreciate the convenience of your own private washroom with shower
Enjoy dinner with a view with priority reservations in the dining car
And savour delicious gourmet meals prepared by onboard chefs
Relax with priority access to the Prestige Park Car
Enjoy complimentary drinks, snacks and interactive talks
Your personalized concierge will take care of you throughout your journey
So you just need to relax and enjoy the incredible views
Enjoy the luxury of Prestige class onboard VIA Rail's 'Canadian' train
As the sun begins to set, sleep in style in the newly revamped Prestige cabins
What's Included in Prestige Class
Personalized concierge service throughout your trip
The Prestige Sleeper cabin is 50% larger than the cabin for two in Sleeper Plus class
It features a comfortable sectional couch during the day, facing an extra-large picture window for incredible views
Private washroom with shower
Get a good nights rest in a deluxe fold down bed with turndown service
A flat-screen TV with video selection
Minibar stocked with a selection of beverages
Priority reservations in the dining car, offering delicious brekfast, lunches and dinners prepared by onboard chefs. Access to the Prestige Park Car, which offers spectacular views, complimentary bar service, snacks, activities such as wine tastings, and interactive talks on local history and culture
Read more about travel on VIA Rail
Luxury Train Trips & Tours
Take a look through our luxury train vacations to find the perfect journey to suit your interests. 8 days • Vancouver, Kamloops, Jasper, +3
Complete Canadian Rockies by Rail
Our bestseller and favourite Canadian Rockies rail trip! This 8-day train vacation features the highlights of the Rockies at a leisurely pace. Embrace the laid back... read more
On Special
Trip Details
11 days • Toronto, Jasper, Icefields Parkway, +3
Vancouver to Toronto Train Tour
Traveling across Canada is a dream – and what better way to do it than with the convenience and comfort of train travel. Combine a cross country overnight journey... read more
On Special
Trip Details
10 days • Toronto, Niagara-on-the-Lake, Vancouver, +1
Canadian Cross Country Journey
Travel by train from the metropolis of Toronto to the serenity of the Canadian Rockies and through to Vancouver. To begin and end your journey, stay in the charming... read more
On Special
Trip Details
See More Trip Ideas

Luxury Train Travel in Canada
Luxury Train Travel in Canada
Unparalleld views
Ultimate relaxation
Opportunities to explore
Travel in style on a luxurious Canadian train vacation
Read more about luxury Canadian train journeys:
Quick Facts About Luxury Train Travel
Are you planning a trip to Canada and want to make it better?
At Fresh Tracks, we are true Canadian Insiders helping you create your ideal journey. Here’s what you get:
Luxury Train Travel Onboard the Rocky Mountaineer or VIA Rail
The Rocky Mountaineer
VIA Rail 'Canadian' Train
For the Ultimate in Luxury...
View Trips:
Luxury Services on the Rocky Mountaineer
The GoldLeaf Service
What's Included in GoldLeaf
Luxury Services on VIA Rail
Prestige Class
What's Included in Prestige Class
Luxury Train Trips & Tours
Take a look through our luxury train vacations to find the perfect journey to suit your interests.
Complete Canadian Rockies by Rail
Vancouver to Toronto Train Tour
Canadian Cross Country Journey

List of British Rail electric multiple unit classes - Wikipedia List of British Rail electric multiple unit classes
List of British Rail electric multiple unit classes
Contents
AC EMUs and dual-voltage EMUs
First generation
Second generation
Modern/Third generation
High speed trains
DC EMUs
Southern Region units
Pre-Nationalisation
Mark 1 and 2 bodyshell
Tube Stock
Modern EMUs
Other DC units
TOPS classes
Battery electric multiple unit (BEMU)
Non National Rail units
See also
References
External links
 Under the computer numbering, DC units were given a class in the range 400-599. Contents
1 AC EMUs and dual-voltage EMUs
1.1 First generation
1.2 Second generation
1.3 Modern/Third generation
1.4 High speed trains
2 DC EMUs
2.1 Southern Region units
2.1.1 Pre-Nationalisation
2.1.2 Mark 1 and 2 bodyshell
2.1.3 Tube Stock
2.1.4 Modern EMUs
2.2 Other DC units
3 Battery electric multiple unit (BEMU)
4 Non National Rail units
5 See also
6 References
7 External links
AC EMUs and dual-voltage EMUs
First generation
TOPS class
Pre-TOPS class
Name or Information
Built
Quantity (sets)
Withdrawn
Notes
Image
Scrapped

ex- Ex-MR units
Lancaster-Morecambe-Heysham
1908
3 (4-car)
1953

All
Class 300

Proposed parcels units

Never built
Planned parcels conversation from Class 307

Never built

AM1
25 kV AC prototype units
1952
4
1966

All
Class 302
AM2
London-Tilbury-Southend
1958–1960
112
1999

About 110
Class 303
AM3
Strathclyde. Also on Greater Manchester area services during 1980s/early 1990s. 1959–1961
91
1974–2002
75613 from unit 303013 is still in use with the British Transport Police

90
Class 304
AM4
Greater Manchester, Liverpool, Birmingham
1959 EMU
1960
45
1992–1996

All
Class 305
AM5
Chingford, Enfield
1959 EMU
1959
71
1992–2001

Class 306
AM6
Shenfield (inner-suburban)
1949
92
1981
Ordered by LNER in 1938, but construction was delayed due to World War II . 91
Class 307
AM7
Southend (outer-suburban)
1954–1956
32
1990–1993
43 survived as parcel units until 2000

31
Class 308
AM8
Eastern Region lines
1959 EMU
1959
45
1983
1992
2001

44
Class 309
AM9
Clacton Express. 1962–1963
76
1994–2000

About 74
Class 310
AM10
Euston outer-suburban. Also West Midlands
1965–1967
50
1967 (1)
1989 (1)
2001–2002
310109 and 310113 survived in departmental use until 2005

All
Class 311
AM11
Strathclyde
1967
19
1990
311103-4 survived in departmental use until 1999

18
Class 312

Great Eastern suburban
Great Northern suburban
West Midlands (four units)
1975–1978
49
2003–2004

About 47
Second generation
TOPS class
Built for
Current Operator (s)
Builder
Number built
Image
Withdrawn
Scrapped
Class 313
BR Eastern Region
(Great Northern suburban)
Network Rail
Southern
BREL York 1976-1977
64 x 3-car sets

2019 ( GN)
still in use
44
Class 314
BR Scottish Region
( Argyle Line )
None
BREL York 1979
16 x 3-car sets

2018–19
15
Class 315
BR Eastern Region
(Great Eastern suburban)
TfL Rail
BREL York 1980-1981
61 x 4-car sets

2018–21
46
Class 316 (I)
proposed units for Picc-Vic services
-
(never built)
-

Never built
Never built
Class 316 (II)
(AC Networker prototype)
(never used in passenger service, now out of service)
converted from class 210 and 313 cars
1 x 4-car set

Out of service
1
Class 316 (III)
(test unit)
(never used in passenger service, scrapped 2006)
converted from class 307
1 x 3-car set

2006
Class 317
Class 317/1 London Midland Region
Class 317/2 Network SouthEast
( Bedpan and Great Northern lines)
Greater Anglia
BREL York 1981-1982 (317/1)
1985-1987 (317/2)
72 x 4-car sets

2020–
13
Class 318
Provincial ScotRail
(for Strathclyde PTE)
Abellio ScotRail
BREL York 1985-1986
21 x 3-car sets

still in use
None
Class 319
Network SouthEast
( Thameslink services)
Northern Trains
West Midlands Trains
BREL York 1987-1988 (319/0)
1990 (319/1)
86 x 4-car sets

4
Class 320
Provincial ScotRail
(for Strathclyde PTE)
Abellio ScotRail
BREL York 1990
22 x 3-car sets

None
Class 321
Network SouthEast
(Great Eastern and Euston services)
Regional Railways
(for West Yorkshire PTE )
Greater Anglia
BREL York 1988-1991
117 x 4-car sets

2021–
12 TSOs
22 units
Class 322
Network SouthEast
( Stansted Express service)
BREL York 1990
5 x 4-car sets

still in use
None
Class 325
Rail Express Systems
(for Royal Mail )
DB Cargo UK
ABB Derby 1995-1996
16 x 4-car units

1
Modern/Third generation
These use solid state switching devices ( thyristors and transistors) and have electronic power control. TOPS class
Built for
Current Operator (s)
Builder
Number Built
Image
Scrapped
Class 323
Regional Railways
(for West Midlands PTE and Greater Manchester PTE )
Northern Trains
West Midlands Trains
Hunslet 1992-1996
43 x 3-car sets

None
Class 331 (I)
Original classification of Class 332

Class 331 (II)
Civity
Arriva Rail North
Northern Trains
CAF 2017-2020
31 x 3-car units
12 x 4-car units

None
Class 332
Heathrow Express
None
Siemens /CAF 1997-1998
9 x 4-car sets
5 x 5-car sets

All
Class 333
Arriva Trains Northern
(for West Yorkshire PTE )
Northern Trains
Siemens/CAF 2000-2001
16 x 4-car sets

None
Class 334
Juniper
ScotRail
(for Strathclyde PTE)
Abellio ScotRail
Alstom Birmingham 1999-2002
40 x 3-car sets

Class 341
Networker
proposed units for Crossrail
-
(never built)
-

Never built
Class 342
Networker
proposed units for CTRL Domestic Services
Class 345
Aventra
Crossrail
TfL Rail
Bombardier Derby 2015-2019
70 x 9-car sets

None
Class 350 (I)
Original classification of Class 325

Class 350 (II)
Desiro
Silverlink
Central Trains
West Midlands Trains
Siemens 2004-2005
2008-2009
2013-2014
87 x 4-car sets

None
Class 357
Electrostar
LTS Rail
c2c
Adtranz/Bombardier Derby 1999-2002
74 x 4-car sets

Class 360
Desiro
First Great Eastern
Heathrow Connect
East Midlands Railway
Rail Operations Group
Siemens 2002-2003
2004-2005
21 x 4-car sets
5 x 5-car sets

Class 365
Networker
Network SouthEast
(Great Northern and South Eastern services)
Govia Thameslink Railway
ABB York 1994-1995
41 x 4-car sets

1
Class 371
Networker
proposed units for Thameslink 2000
-
(never built)
-

Never built
Class 375
Electrostar
Connex South Eastern
South Eastern Trains
Southeastern
Adtranz/Bombardier Derby 1999-2005
10 x 3-car sets
102 x 4-car sets

None
Class 376
Electrostar
South Eastern Trains
Southeastern
Bombardier Derby 2004-2005
36 x 5-car sets

Class 377
Electrostar
Southern
Southeastern
Southern
Bombardier Derby 2001-2005
2008-2009
2013-2014
28 x 3-car sets
177 x 4-car sets
34 x 5-car sets

Class 378
Capitalstar
London Overground
London Overground
Bombardier Derby 2008-2011
57 x 5-car sets

Class 379
Electrostar
National Express East Anglia
Greater Anglia
Bombardier Derby 2010-2011
30 x 4-car sets

Class 380
Desiro
First ScotRail
Abellio ScotRail
Siemens 2009-2011
22 x 3-car sets
16 x 4-car sets

Class 381
Networker
proposed Network SouthEast express units
-
(never built)
-

Never built
Class 385 AT200
Abellio ScotRail
Abellio ScotRail
Hitachi Kudamatsu & Hitachi Newton Aycliffe 2015-2019
46 x 3-car sets
24 x 4-car sets

None
Class 387
Electrostar
Govia Thameslink Railway
Great Western Railway
c2c
Govia Thameslink Railway
Great Western Railway
c2c
Bombardier Derby 2014-2017
107 x 4-car sets

Class 700
Desiro City
Govia Thameslink Railway
Govia Thameslink Railway
Siemens 2014-2018
60 x 8-car sets
55 x 12-car sets

Class 701
Aventra
South Western Railway

Bombardier 2019-
30 x 5-car sets
60 x 10-car sets

Class 705
Original classification of Class 701

Class 707
Desiro City
South West Trains
South Western Railway
Siemens 2015-2018
30 x 5-car sets

None
Class 710
Aventra
London Overground
London Overground
Bombardier Derby 2017-2020
48 x 4-car sets
6 x 5-car sets

Class 711
Original classification of Class 701

Class 717
Desiro City
Govia Thameslink Railway
Govia Thameslink Railway
Siemens 2018-2019
25 x 6-car sets

None
Class 720
Aventra
Greater Anglia
c2c
Greater Anglia
Bombardier Derby 2018-2020
133 x 5-car sets
6 x 10-car sets

Class 730
Aventra
West Midlands Trains

Bombardier Derby 2020-2021
36 x 3-car sets
45 x 5-car sets

Class 745
FLIRT
Greater Anglia
Greater Anglia
Stadler Rail 2018-2020
20 x 12-car sets

Class 755
FLIRT
Greater Anglia
Greater Anglia
Stadler Rail 2018-2020
14 x 3-car sets
24 x 4-car sets

Class 756
FLIRT
Transport for Wales

Stadler Rail TBC
7 × 3-car sets
17 × 4-car sets

Class 769
Flex
Great Western Railway
Northern Trains
Rail Operations Group
Transport for Wales
Transport for Wales
BREL York 1987-88
Brush Traction 2017-2020 (conversion)
35 x 4-car sets

Class 777
METRO
Merseyrail

Stadler Rail 2018-2021
52 x 4-car sets

Class 799
HydroFlex
Porterbrook
Porterbrook
BREL York, 1987
Quinton Rail Technology Centre 2019 (conversion)
1 x 4-car set

High speed trains
High speed multiple unit or fixed formation trainsets, capable of operating at speeds above 190 kilometres per hour (120 mph). TOPS class
Built for
Current Operator (s)
Builder
Number Built
Image
Scrapped
Class 370
APT-P
prototype APT
Withdrawn 1985–1986
BREL Derby 1979
6 x 7-car half sets
2 spare cars

35 cars
Class 373
TGV
Eurostar
Eurostar
IZY
GEC Alsthom, La Brugeoise et Nivelles 1992-1996
14 x 8-c

List of British Rail electric multiple unit classes - Wikipedia

List of British Rail electric multiple unit classes
List of British Rail electric multiple unit classes
Contents
AC EMUs and dual-voltage EMUs
First generation
Second generation
Modern/Third generation
High speed trains
DC EMUs
Southern Region units
Pre-Nationalisation
Mark 1 and 2 bodyshell
Tube Stock
Modern EMUs
Other DC units
TOPS classes
Battery electric multiple unit (BEMU)
Non National Rail units
See also
References
External links

France Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves France Rail Passes and Train Tips
France Rail Passes and Train Tips
Are rail passes a good value for France?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: France
What are my options for rail passes that cover France?
Do I need to make seat reservations on French trains?
What do rail passes cover in France?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in France?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?
 Aside from the extra reservation fees required for certain classes of train (see above), rail passes for France cover most travel on trains operated by the SNCF, France's national railway. Rail passes do not, however, cover these privately run trains: Thello: Thello operates the only direct night train between France (Paris or Dijon) and Italy (stops include Milan, Verona, and Venice); they also run the only daytime trains on the Milan–Genova–Nice–Marseille route that don't require a change at the border. ( These trains may show up as "EuroCity" or "EC" on some schedules.) While the Eurail Global Pass will get you a 25 percent discount on Thello trains (also works if you have either a Eurail France Pass or Italy Pass), this doesn't beat most advance-purchase deals — for the best price, buy your ticket months ahead (or consider flying ). TGV OUIGO: These discounted TGV services operate on limited routes, and work somewhat like a no-frills airline (e.g. they limit luggage size and seat selection, and require early check-in). Trains on the island of Corsica and those between Nice and Digne (just buy tickets in stations as you go).

France Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves

France Rail Passes and Train Tips
France Rail Passes and Train Tips
Are rail passes a good value for France?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train Fares: France
What are my options for rail passes that cover France?
Do I need to make seat reservations on French trains?
What do rail passes cover in France?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in France?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?

Aside from the extra reservation fees required for certain classes of train (see above), rail passes for France cover most travel on trains operated by the SNCF, France's national railway. Rail passes do not, however, cover these privately run trains: Thello: Thello operates the only direct night train between France (Paris or Dijon) and Italy (stops include Milan, Verona, and Venice); they also run the only daytime trains on the Milan–Genova–Nice–Marseille route that don't require a change at the border. ( These trains may show up as "EuroCity" or "EC" on some schedules.) While the Eurail Global Pass will get you a 25 percent discount on Thello trains (also works if you have either a Eurail France Pass or Italy Pass), this doesn't beat most advance-purchase deals — for the best price, buy your ticket months ahead (or consider flying ). TGV OUIGO: These discounted TGV services operate on limited routes, and work somewhat like a no-frills airline (e.g. they limit luggage size and seat selection, and require early check-in). Trains on the island of Corsica and those between Nice and Digne (just buy tickets in stations as you go).

British Rail Class 220 - Wikipedia British Rail Class 220
British Rail Class 220
Contents
Technical details
Accidents and incidents
Formation and passenger facilities
Operations
Fleet details
See also
References
Further reading
External links
 British Rail Class 220 - Wikipedia
British Rail Class 220
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
British Rail Class 220 Voyager
220 002 of Arriva CrossCountry on a Birmingham New St - Plymouth service passing Charfield, September 2010. The interior of Standard Class aboard a CrossCountry Class 220
In service
2001–present
Manufacturer
Bombardier Transportation
Built at
Bruges, Belgium & Horbury, United Kingdom
Family name
Voyager
Replaced
InterCity 125
Class 47
Mark 2 carriages
Class 158
Constructed
2000–2001
Number built
34 units
Number in service
34 units
Formation
4 cars per unit
Fleet numbers
220001–220034
Capacity
174 standard class, 26 first class
Operator (s)
CrossCountry
Specifications
Car body construction
Steel
Car length
23.85 m (driving cars) or 22.82 m (intermediate cars)
Width
2.73 m (8 ft 11 in)
Articulated sections
Flexible diaphragm (within unit only)
Maximum speed
125 mph (200 km/h)
Weight
185.6 t (182.7 long tons; 204.6 short tons) per unit
Traction system
DEMU
Prime mover (s)
Cummins QSK19 19-litre 6-cylinder turbo- Diesel
Power output
Each engine: 560 kW (750 hp) at 1800 rpm
Total: 3,000 hp (2,240 kW)
Transmission
Diesel-electric
UIC classification
1A'A1'+1A'A1'+1A'A1'+1A'A1'
Braking system (s)
Rheostatic
Safety system (s)
AWS, TPWS
Coupling system
Dellner
Track gauge
1,435 mm ( 4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in) standard gauge
The British Rail Class 220 Voyager is a class of diesel-electric high-speed multiple-unit passenger trains built in Belgium by Bombardier Transportation in 2000 and 2001. They were introduced in 2001 to replace the 20-year-old InterCity 125 and almost 40-year-old Class 47 -hauled Mark 2 fleets operating on the Cross Country Route, initially for Virgin CrossCountry and since 2007 by CrossCountry. Contents
1 Technical details
1.1 Accidents and incidents
2 Formation and passenger facilities
3 Operations
4 Fleet details
5 See also
6 References
7 Further reading
8 External links
Technical details
Two British Rail Class 220 units operated by CrossCountry coupling to form a longer train
Classes 220 (left) and 221 (right) at Durham, showing the differing bogie designs
All coaches are equipped with a Cummins QSK19 diesel engine of 750 hp (560 kW) at 1800 rpm. These power a generator which supplies current to motors driving two axles per coach, with one axle per bogie powered. Voyagers have both air and rheostatic brakes. They are fitted with Dellner couplers, like the Class 222 operated by East Midlands Railway and the Class 390 Pendolino electric trains used by Avanti West Coast, meaning they can be coupled in rescue/recovery mode (air brake only) in the event of a failure.

British Rail Class 220 - Wikipedia

British Rail Class 220
British Rail Class 220
Contents
Technical details
Accidents and incidents
Formation and passenger facilities
Operations
Fleet details
See also
References
Further reading
External links

Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips
Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Ireland?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train & Bus Fares: Ireland
What are my options for rail passes that cover Ireland?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Irish trains?
What do rail passes cover in Ireland?
What's the best way to reach Ireland from elsewhere in Europe?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Ireland?
Any tips for getting around Ireland, given the limitations of its train service?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?
 Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves
Home
/
Travel Tips
/
Transportation
/
Trains & Rail Passes
/
Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips
Facebook
Twitter
Pinterest
Email
Share
Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Ireland? A rail pass is not very useful in Ireland: Trains fan out from Dublin to major cities, but neglect much of the countryside ( Ireland's buses reach many more rural spots, but aren't covered by rail passes). Paying as you go works fine for both train and bus tickets. How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular? Train & Bus Fares: Ireland
Map shows approximate costs, in $US, for one-way, second-class tickets. For first-class fares, add 50 percent. Use this map to add up approximate pay-as-you-go fares for your itinerary, and compare that cost to the price of a rail pass for the number of days you expect to spend on the train. The train fares shown here for the Republic of Ireland roughly match what you'd pay if buying a ticket online shortly before departure.

Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves

Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips
Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Ireland?
How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular?
Train & Bus Fares: Ireland
What are my options for rail passes that cover Ireland?
Do I need to make seat reservations on Irish trains?
What do rail passes cover in Ireland?
What's the best way to reach Ireland from elsewhere in Europe?
Any tips for buying point-to-point train tickets in Ireland?
Any tips for getting around Ireland, given the limitations of its train service?
What if I need help with my Rail Europe order?

Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips from Rick Steves
Home
/
Travel Tips
/
Transportation
/
Trains & Rail Passes
/
Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips
Facebook
Twitter
Pinterest
Email
Share
Ireland Rail Passes and Train Tips
By Rick Steves
Are rail passes a good value for Ireland? A rail pass is not very useful in Ireland: Trains fan out from Dublin to major cities, but neglect much of the countryside ( Ireland's buses reach many more rural spots, but aren't covered by rail passes). Paying as you go works fine for both train and bus tickets. How do I see whether a rail pass makes sense for my trip in particular? Train & Bus Fares: Ireland
Map shows approximate costs, in $US, for one-way, second-class tickets. For first-class fares, add 50 percent. Use this map to add up approximate pay-as-you-go fares for your itinerary, and compare that cost to the price of a rail pass for the number of days you expect to spend on the train. The train fares shown here for the Republic of Ireland roughly match what you'd pay if buying a ticket online shortly before departure.

Toronto to Ottawa train | VIA Rail TORONTO
OTTAWA
TRAIN

TORONTO
trajet
to
OTTAWA
TRAIN
Discover our fares
on the Toronto - Ottawa route
SCHEDULES
Travel Advisory
Make your time more profitable while travelling between Toronto - Ottawa
Compare how much more productive you can be in a train than in a plane or car.
ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Compare classes and train cars
Discover meals available on board
Carry-on baggage
CITIES ON ROUTE
TORONTO
OTTAWA
KINGSTON
 1 h 03 min
449 km*
Total travel time
in car
: 4 h 05 min + 30 min for traffic = 4 h 35 min
0 1 2 3 4
5 6 7
Productive time
in car
: 0 h 00 min
*Car distance and trip time based on one-way trip according to Google Maps. ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Economy or Business class? *The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. Compare classes and train cars
Feature
Economy class
Business class
Complimentary Wi-Fi
Yes
Yes
Power outlets at your seat
Yes
Yes
Spacious seat
Yes
Yes
Meal
Affordable prices
Buy on board
Yes
Additional baggage allowance
No
Yes
Exclusive access to the in-station Business class lounge
*When travelling on an Economy Plus fare ticket (except with tickets booked using a Commuter Pass or with a CN or CP rail pass) or with an Economy Multi Pass. VIA Préférence Premier members only*
Yes
Priority boarding
VIA Préférence Premier members only
Yes
Same-day upgrades to Business class
Conditions
Not Applicable
Train cars
(This link opens a new window)
*The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. LRC car
(This link opens a new window)
HEP stainless steel cars
(This link opens a new window)
LRC car
(This link opens a new window)
HEP stainless steel cars
(This link opens a new window)
Discover meals available on board
Economy class
Hot and cold meals at affordable prices
Local products selection
Access to our full-bar service
(This link opens a new window) See our menus
Business class
Three-course cateredtype meal included
Complimentary full-bar service
Hot and cold beverages at will
(This link opens a new window) See our menus
Carry-on baggage
Economy
Economy
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Business
Business
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Economy
Business
1 personal item
Max.

Toronto to Ottawa train | VIA Rail

TORONTO
OTTAWA
TRAIN

TORONTO
trajet
to
OTTAWA
TRAIN
Discover our fares
on the Toronto - Ottawa route
SCHEDULES
Travel Advisory
Make your time more profitable while travelling between Toronto - Ottawa
Compare how much more productive you can be in a train than in a plane or car.
ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Compare classes and train cars
Discover meals available on board
Carry-on baggage
CITIES ON ROUTE
TORONTO
OTTAWA
KINGSTON

1 h 03 min
449 km*
Total travel time
in car
: 4 h 05 min + 30 min for traffic = 4 h 35 min
0 1 2 3 4
5 6 7
Productive time
in car
: 0 h 00 min
*Car distance and trip time based on one-way trip according to Google Maps. ON BOARD THE TRAIN
Economy or Business class? *The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. Compare classes and train cars
Feature
Economy class
Business class
Complimentary Wi-Fi
Yes
Yes
Power outlets at your seat
Yes
Yes
Spacious seat
Yes
Yes
Meal
Affordable prices
Buy on board
Yes
Additional baggage allowance
No
Yes
Exclusive access to the in-station Business class lounge
*When travelling on an Economy Plus fare ticket (except with tickets booked using a Commuter Pass or with a CN or CP rail pass) or with an Economy Multi Pass. VIA Préférence Premier members only*
Yes
Priority boarding
VIA Préférence Premier members only
Yes
Same-day upgrades to Business class
Conditions
Not Applicable
Train cars
(This link opens a new window)
*The type of equipment varies or is subject to availability. LRC car
(This link opens a new window)
HEP stainless steel cars
(This link opens a new window)
LRC car
(This link opens a new window)
HEP stainless steel cars
(This link opens a new window)
Discover meals available on board
Economy class
Hot and cold meals at affordable prices
Local products selection
Access to our full-bar service
(This link opens a new window) See our menus
Business class
Three-course cateredtype meal included
Complimentary full-bar service
Hot and cold beverages at will
(This link opens a new window) See our menus
Carry-on baggage
Economy
Economy
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Business
Business
ADDITIONAL CARRY-ON ITEM ALLOWED
One (1) additional item of up to 23 kg (50 lb.) is allowed, for a fee of $40 tax included (per direction)
Economy
Business
1 personal item
Max.

Warsaw to Łódź - 7 ways to travel via train, bus, rideshare, taxi, and car

Warsaw to Łódź
How to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
There are 7 ways to get from Warsaw to Łódź by train, bus, rideshare, taxi or car
Train • 1h 21m
Cheapest option
Rideshare • 1h 58m
Train via Dw. Zachodni 02 • 2h 8m
Train via Warszawa Gdanska • 2h 35m
Bus • 2h 46m
Taxi • 1h 19m
Drive • 1h 19m
Warsaw to Łódź by train
Warsaw to Łódź train schedules
Trains departing Saturday, May 29, 2021
Trains departing Sunday, May 30, 2021
Warsaw → Łódź
Travel safe during COVID-19
Rules to follow in Poland
Travel within Poland
COVID-19 help in Poland
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Warsaw, Poland and Łódź, Poland?
Want to know more about travelling around Poland
More Questions & Answers
Łódź, Poland
Things to do in Łódź
Places to stay in Łódź
Rome2rio makes travelling from Warsaw to Łódź easy.
Trips from Warsaw
Trips to Łódź
Popular routes

East Coast Main Line - Wikipedia East Coast Main Line
East Coast Main Line
Contents
Route definition and description
Origins and early operations
Diesel era
Electrification
Infrastructure
Tunnels, viaducts and bridges
Tunnels, viaducts and major bridges on the East Coast Main Line
Line-side monitoring equipment
Rolling stock
Commuter trains
High-speed trains
Future
Operators
Development
Capacity problems
Recent developments
Planned or proposed developments
Accidents
Popular culture
See also
References
 East Coast Main Line - Wikipedia
East Coast Main Line
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Jump to navigation Jump to search
"ECML" redirects here. For the European Conference on Machine Learning, see ECML PKDD. For Similarly named lines, see East Coast Line (disambiguation). railway link between London and Edinburgh and London and Leeds
East Coast Main Line
An LNER Class 91 InterCity 225 and a pair of Class 66 at the Doncaster Decoy Down Yard
Overview
Status
Operational
Owner
Network Rail
Locale
Greater London
East of England
East Midlands
Yorkshire and the Humber
North East England
Scottish Borders
Central Scotland
Termini
London King's Cross
51°31′53″N 0°07′24″W  /
51.5314°N 0.1234°W
 / 51.5314; -0.1234  ( East Coast Main Line, London terminus)
Edinburgh Waverley
55°57′08″N 3°11′20″W  /
55.9522°N 3.1889°W
 / 55.9522; -3.1889  ( East Coast Main Line, Edinburgh terminus)
Stations
51
Service
Type
Commuter rail
Inter-city rail
Heavy rail
System
National Rail
Operator (s)
London North Eastern Railway
Great Northern
Thameslink
Hull Trains
East Midlands Railway
CrossCountry
Greater Anglia
TransPennine Express
Northern Trains
Abellio ScotRail
Grand Central
DB Cargo UK
GB Railfreight
Freightliner
Direct Rail Services
Colas Rail
Depot (s)
Hornsey
Bounds Green
Neville Hill
Heaton
Craigentinny
Haymarket
History
Opened
1850
Technical
Line length
393 miles 13 chains (632.7 km)
Number of tracks
Double track and quadruple track
Character
Primary
Track gauge
4 ft 8
+
1⁄2 in ( 1,435 mm) standard gauge
Loading gauge
W9 (via Hertford Loop)
Route availability
RA 7-9, RA 10 in parts between Selby and York
Electrification
25 kV 50 Hz AC OHLE
Operating speed
125 mph (200 km/h) maximum
Route map
( Click to expand)

The East Coast Main Line ( ECML) is a 393-mile long (632 km) electrified railway between London and Edinburgh via Peterborough, Doncaster, York, Darlington, Durham and Newcastle. The line is a key transport artery on the eastern side of Great Britain running broadly parallel to the A1 road . The line was built during the 1840s by three railway companies, the North British Railway, the North Eastern Railway, and the Great Northern Railway. In 1923, the Railway Act of 1921 led to their amalgamation to form the London and North Eastern Railway (LNER) and the line became its primary route. The LNER competed with the London, Midland and Scottish Railway (LMS) for long-distance passenger traffic between London and Scotland.

East Coast Main Line - Wikipedia

East Coast Main Line
East Coast Main Line
Contents
Route definition and description
Origins and early operations
Diesel era
Electrification
Infrastructure
Tunnels, viaducts and bridges
Tunnels, viaducts and major bridges on the East Coast Main Line
Line-side monitoring equipment
Rolling stock
Commuter trains
High-speed trains
Future
Operators
Development
Capacity problems
Recent developments
Planned or proposed developments
Accidents
Popular culture
See also
References

London to Isle of Wight | Ferry | Red Funnel London to the Isle of Wight
London to the Isle of Wight
London to the Isle of Wight by train
London to the Isle of Wight by coach
London to the Isle of Wight by car
London to the Isle of Wight by bicycle
London to the Isle of Wight by taxi
Arriving in Southampton by Public Transport
 Example day visit itinerary (Source: National Rail Enquiries): - To Isle of Wight (2hr 3min)
To London Waterloo (2hr 5min)
08:05 Depart London Waterloo (train)
09:22 Arrive Southampton Central
---------------
09:30 Depart Southampton Central (bus)
09:37 Arrive Terminal 2, Town Quay
---------------
09:45 Depart Terminal 2 (ferry)
10:08 Arrive West Cowes
17:15 Depart West Cowes (ferry)
17:38 Arrive Terminal 2, Town Quay
---------------
17:45 Depart Terminal 2 (bus)
17:52 Arrive Southampton Central
---------------
18:00 Depart Southampton Central (train)
19:20 Arrive London Waterloo
Through rail tickets to East Cowes or West Cowes can be purchased form the London Waterloo ticket office and most station ticket machines. Slower trains operate from London Waterloo to Portsmouth & Southsea with bus connections to Hovertravel's services to Ryde on the Isle of Wight. Most of these trains continue to Portsmouth Harbour station to connect with Wightlink's ferry services to Ryde. Journey times to Portsmouth typically take 1 hour 33 min to 1 hour 40 min. First and standard class coaches are available on the Southampton route and quiet zones are available on most trains as is a trolley buffet service. All services are non-smoking. Cycles are carried subject to availability. London to the Isle of Wight by coach
National Express operates frequent coach services from London's Victoria Coach Station to Southampton Coach station and to Southsea and Portsmouth Harbour.

London to Isle of Wight | Ferry | Red Funnel

London to the Isle of Wight
London to the Isle of Wight
London to the Isle of Wight by train
London to the Isle of Wight by coach
London to the Isle of Wight by car
London to the Isle of Wight by bicycle
London to the Isle of Wight by taxi
Arriving in Southampton by Public Transport

Example day visit itinerary (Source: National Rail Enquiries): - To Isle of Wight (2hr 3min)
To London Waterloo (2hr 5min)
08:05 Depart London Waterloo (train)
09:22 Arrive Southampton Central
---------------
09:30 Depart Southampton Central (bus)
09:37 Arrive Terminal 2, Town Quay
---------------
09:45 Depart Terminal 2 (ferry)
10:08 Arrive West Cowes
17:15 Depart West Cowes (ferry)
17:38 Arrive Terminal 2, Town Quay
---------------
17:45 Depart Terminal 2 (bus)
17:52 Arrive Southampton Central
---------------
18:00 Depart Southampton Central (train)
19:20 Arrive London Waterloo
Through rail tickets to East Cowes or West Cowes can be purchased form the London Waterloo ticket office and most station ticket machines. Slower trains operate from London Waterloo to Portsmouth & Southsea with bus connections to Hovertravel's services to Ryde on the Isle of Wight. Most of these trains continue to Portsmouth Harbour station to connect with Wightlink's ferry services to Ryde. Journey times to Portsmouth typically take 1 hour 33 min to 1 hour 40 min. First and standard class coaches are available on the Southampton route and quiet zones are available on most trains as is a trolley buffet service. All services are non-smoking. Cycles are carried subject to availability. London to the Isle of Wight by coach
National Express operates frequent coach services from London's Victoria Coach Station to Southampton Coach station and to Southsea and Portsmouth Harbour.

Downeaster (train) - Wikipedia Downeaster
(train)

Downeaster (train)
Downeaster
Contents
Route
Connections
Services
Proposed extensions
Lewiston–Auburn
Rockland, Maine
Westbrook
Rolling stock
History
Previous service
Service resumption
Service improvements
Brunswick extension
2015 winter and track work
COVID-19 pandemic
Ridership and finances
Economic impact
See also
References
External links
 MBTA Haverhill Line commuter rail
Woburn: MBTA Lowell Line commuter rail; Massport Logan Express bus to Logan International Airport. Boston: MBTA Green Line and Orange Line rapid transit; Fitchburg Line, Lowell Line, Haverhill Line, and Newburyport/Rockport Line commuter rail; 4 local bus, and water taxis
The Downeaster is separated from the rest of Amtrak’s system because there is no direct link between Boston's train stations. Downeaster passengers continuing south from Boston on Amtrak may take MBTA subway trains to Back Bay or South Station . Services
The Downeaster offers two classes of service: Reserved Coach and Business Class.

Downeaster (train) - Wikipedia

Downeaster
(train)

Downeaster (train)
Downeaster
Contents
Route
Connections
Services
Proposed extensions
Lewiston–Auburn
Rockland, Maine
Westbrook
Rolling stock
History
Previous service
Service resumption
Service improvements
Brunswick extension
2015 winter and track work
COVID-19 pandemic
Ridership and finances
Economic impact
See also
References
External links

MBTA Haverhill Line commuter rail
Woburn: MBTA Lowell Line commuter rail; Massport Logan Express bus to Logan International Airport. Boston: MBTA Green Line and Orange Line rapid transit; Fitchburg Line, Lowell Line, Haverhill Line, and Newburyport/Rockport Line commuter rail; 4 local bus, and water taxis
The Downeaster is separated from the rest of Amtrak’s system because there is no direct link between Boston's train stations. Downeaster passengers continuing south from Boston on Amtrak may take MBTA subway trains to Back Bay or South Station . Services
The Downeaster offers two classes of service: Reserved Coach and Business Class.

Transportation Tariffs | Article about Transportation Tariffs by The Free Dictionary Transportation Tariffs
Transportation Tariffs
Tariffs, Transportation
REFERENCES
Mentioned in ?
Encyclopedia browser ?
 The first covers areas where rail transportation is available, and the second covers remote areas, where the prime cost of shipment is higher for a variety of reasons. On the average, tariffs in the second zone are 70 percent higher than those in the first zone. Passenger transportation tariffs are part of the overall system of retail prices for consumer products and services. For rail transport, they are differentiated according to the type of trip (longdistance or intracity), the type of train service (express or local), and the type of car (whether with padded or hard seating and whether a compartment or coach car). The lowest tariffs are for intracity commutation, covering only 20–30 percent of the cost of transportation. Reduced tariffs save the working people of the USSR more than 200 million rubles annually. Long-distance tariffs and full-fare tickets for intracity transportation ensure the required profitability of passenger travel. In marine passenger transportation, tariffs are differentiated according to the type of ship and the class and location of the cabin. Special tariffs for tourists are widely used. Passenger tariffs for river transport are established according to approximately the same principles.

Transportation Tariffs | Article about Transportation Tariffs by The Free Dictionary

Transportation Tariffs
Transportation Tariffs
Tariffs, Transportation
REFERENCES
Mentioned in ?
Encyclopedia browser ?

The first covers areas where rail transportation is available, and the second covers remote areas, where the prime cost of shipment is higher for a variety of reasons. On the average, tariffs in the second zone are 70 percent higher than those in the first zone. Passenger transportation tariffs are part of the overall system of retail prices for consumer products and services. For rail transport, they are differentiated according to the type of trip (longdistance or intracity), the type of train service (express or local), and the type of car (whether with padded or hard seating and whether a compartment or coach car). The lowest tariffs are for intracity commutation, covering only 20–30 percent of the cost of transportation. Reduced tariffs save the working people of the USSR more than 200 million rubles annually. Long-distance tariffs and full-fare tickets for intracity transportation ensure the required profitability of passenger travel. In marine passenger transportation, tariffs are differentiated according to the type of ship and the class and location of the cabin. Special tariffs for tourists are widely used. Passenger tariffs for river transport are established according to approximately the same principles.

Train from Rome to Bari Centrale | ItaliaRail Train from Rome to Bari Centrale
Train from Rome to Bari Centrale
Escape the bustle of the Eternal City for the southern delights of Puglia. Find out about taking the train from Rome to Bari.
Frequent Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
Direct Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
Amenities on Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
Rome and Bari Centrale Train Stations
Journey Information
See below for details on traveling from Rome to Bari Centrale by train.
Travel Distance
3 hours
57 min
Travel Time
Daily Trains
Travel Deals
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) About Train Travel in Italy
From seat assignments and luggage space, to the different types of tickets, here are some of the most frequently asked questions about train travel in Italy.
Arrival and Departure Train Destinations
Read on for information about Rome to Bari Centrale train stations.
Rome Termini Guide
Bari Centrale Train Station
Things To Do in Bari
Book tours and activities from nearby Naples
Amalfi Coast and Pompeii Day Trip from Naples
Capri Island Day Trip from Naples
Hotels in Bari
See Hotels from nearby Naples
Grand Hotel Vesuvio
Santa Chiara Boutique Hotel
Types of Trains in Italy
From Trenitalia's high-speed Frecciarossa trains to old-world scenic rail cars, learn about the different kinds of trains in Italy.
Frecciarossa Trains in Italy
Regional Trains in Italy
Thello Trains in Italy
Cross-Border Trains in Italy
More Popular Train Routes in Italy
If Bari Centrale is not your final destination, see below for ideas and information on other popular train routes in Italy.
Trains From Rome To:
Trains From Milan To:
 Ticket prices on this route range from $37-71. Note that weekends and holidays typically mean less frequent service and sometimes longer travel times. Direct Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
There are only a few direct trains from Rome, to Bari each day. The difference in trip between direct and indirect routes is quite significant, so it would be best if you can select one of the direct options. The journey time increases from roughly four hours on a direct train to 6-7 hours if a transfer is required. Amenities on Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
Frecciargento trains are very similar in terms of passenger experience to the top of the line AV trains, they’re just not as fast. There are both 1st class and 2nd class cars. Passengers in 1st class cars get a free drink and a newspaper. Both typically have a cafe car which all passengers can use, and power outlets are in both class cars at each seat. There are sometimes 1st class and 2nd class cars on Regionale trains, but not always.

Train from Rome to Bari Centrale | ItaliaRail

Train from Rome to Bari Centrale
Train from Rome to Bari Centrale
Escape the bustle of the Eternal City for the southern delights of Puglia. Find out about taking the train from Rome to Bari.
Frequent Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
Direct Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
Amenities on Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
Rome and Bari Centrale Train Stations
Journey Information
See below for details on traveling from Rome to Bari Centrale by train.
Travel Distance
3 hours
57 min
Travel Time
Daily Trains
Travel Deals
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) About Train Travel in Italy
From seat assignments and luggage space, to the different types of tickets, here are some of the most frequently asked questions about train travel in Italy.
Arrival and Departure Train Destinations
Read on for information about Rome to Bari Centrale train stations.
Rome Termini Guide
Bari Centrale Train Station
Things To Do in Bari
Book tours and activities from nearby Naples
Amalfi Coast and Pompeii Day Trip from Naples
Capri Island Day Trip from Naples
Hotels in Bari
See Hotels from nearby Naples
Grand Hotel Vesuvio
Santa Chiara Boutique Hotel
Types of Trains in Italy
From Trenitalia's high-speed Frecciarossa trains to old-world scenic rail cars, learn about the different kinds of trains in Italy.
Frecciarossa Trains in Italy
Regional Trains in Italy
Thello Trains in Italy
Cross-Border Trains in Italy
More Popular Train Routes in Italy
If Bari Centrale is not your final destination, see below for ideas and information on other popular train routes in Italy.
Trains From Rome To:
Trains From Milan To:

Ticket prices on this route range from $37-71. Note that weekends and holidays typically mean less frequent service and sometimes longer travel times. Direct Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
There are only a few direct trains from Rome, to Bari each day. The difference in trip between direct and indirect routes is quite significant, so it would be best if you can select one of the direct options. The journey time increases from roughly four hours on a direct train to 6-7 hours if a transfer is required. Amenities on Trains from Rome to Bari Centrale
Frecciargento trains are very similar in terms of passenger experience to the top of the line AV trains, they’re just not as fast. There are both 1st class and 2nd class cars. Passengers in 1st class cars get a free drink and a newspaper. Both typically have a cafe car which all passengers can use, and power outlets are in both class cars at each seat. There are sometimes 1st class and 2nd class cars on Regionale trains, but not always.

Belgium to Germany - 5 ways to travel via train, bus and ferry, and bus, and car Belgium to Germany
How to get from Belgium to Germany by train, bus and ferry, bus, rideshare or car
There are 5 ways to get from Belgium to Germany by train, bus and ferry, bus, rideshare or car
Train • 7h 48m
Bus and ferry, bus • 13h 11m
Train via Eupen • 9h 50m
Rideshare • 8h 56m
Drive • 6h 57m
Belgium → Germany
Travel safe during COVID-19
International entry into Germany from Belgium
Conditions of entry into Germany from Belgium
Rules to follow in Germany
Considerations leaving from Belgium
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Belgium and Germany?
Want to know more about travelling around Germany
More Questions & Answers
Gotha, Germany
Things to do in Gotha
Places to stay in Gotha
Rome2rio makes travelling from Belgium to Germany easy.
 Train operators
Deutsche Bahn Intercity-Express
German rail company Deutsche Bahn is known for its efficient and comfortable service. It offers many different types of rail transportation, including ICE or Intercity-Express for high-speed services between major cities and regions, IC (InterCity) for long-distance trains, RE (Regional Express) trains that connect regions and cities, and the S-Bahn rapid transit service. There are two main tickets on offer: the Flexpreis that has full flexibility, and the Sparpreis which is the cheaper, advanced fare (bookings usually open 6 months in advance for domestic tickets). Contact Details
Phone
+49 0180 6 99 66 33
Website
bahn.com
Train from Bruxelles-Nord to Koeln Hbf
Ave. Duration
1h 43m
Frequency
Every 4 hours
Estimated price
40€ - 60€
Website
Deutsche Bahn
Train from Koeln Hbf to Berlin Hbf
Ave. Duration
4h 26m
Frequency
Hourly
Estimated price
95€ - 130€
Website
Deutsche Bahn
ICE3 2nd class seats
Man in Seat61
ICE first class interior
Rail Europe
ICE 3
Sebastian Terfloth
The front lounge of an ICE 3 (2nd class)
Sebastian Terfloth
ICE 4 Berlin Hauptbahnhof
Andre_de Wikipedia
Exterior of DB Intercity Express (ICE)
Caef
Interior of ICE train
VoI
Intercity-Express train
Wikipedia
Cologne Hauptbahnhof
Wikipedia
Deutsche Bahn Intercity
Deutsche Bahn’s high-speed InterCity (IC) trains connect cities within Germany. They’re a popular way to travel as they’re faster than Deutsche Bahn’s regional trains and offer a frequent, fast service. All IC trains have first and second class carriages, power sockets and toilets, and most have a bistro cafe or restaurant. Tickets can be booked up to 180 days in advance of travel.

Belgium to Germany - 5 ways to travel via train, bus and ferry, and bus, and car

Belgium to Germany
How to get from Belgium to Germany by train, bus and ferry, bus, rideshare or car
There are 5 ways to get from Belgium to Germany by train, bus and ferry, bus, rideshare or car
Train • 7h 48m
Bus and ferry, bus • 13h 11m
Train via Eupen • 9h 50m
Rideshare • 8h 56m
Drive • 6h 57m
Belgium → Germany
Travel safe during COVID-19
International entry into Germany from Belgium
Conditions of entry into Germany from Belgium
Rules to follow in Germany
Considerations leaving from Belgium
Frequently Asked Questions
Questions & Answers
What companies run services between Belgium and Germany?
Want to know more about travelling around Germany
More Questions & Answers
Gotha, Germany
Things to do in Gotha
Places to stay in Gotha
Rome2rio makes travelling from Belgium to Germany easy.

Train operators
Deutsche Bahn Intercity-Express
German rail company Deutsche Bahn is known for its efficient and comfortable service. It offers many different types of rail transportation, including ICE or Intercity-Express for high-speed services between major cities and regions, IC (InterCity) for long-distance trains, RE (Regional Express) trains that connect regions and cities, and the S-Bahn rapid transit service. There are two main tickets on offer: the Flexpreis that has full flexibility, and the Sparpreis which is the cheaper, advanced fare (bookings usually open 6 months in advance for domestic tickets). Contact Details
Phone
+49 0180 6 99 66 33
Website
bahn.com
Train from Bruxelles-Nord to Koeln Hbf
Ave. Duration
1h 43m
Frequency
Every 4 hours
Estimated price
40€ - 60€
Website
Deutsche Bahn
Train from Koeln Hbf to Berlin Hbf
Ave. Duration
4h 26m
Frequency
Hourly
Estimated price
95€ - 130€
Website
Deutsche Bahn
ICE3 2nd class seats
Man in Seat61
ICE first class interior
Rail Europe
ICE 3
Sebastian Terfloth
The front lounge of an ICE 3 (2nd class)
Sebastian Terfloth
ICE 4 Berlin Hauptbahnhof
Andre_de Wikipedia
Exterior of DB Intercity Express (ICE)
Caef
Interior of ICE train
VoI
Intercity-Express train
Wikipedia
Cologne Hauptbahnhof
Wikipedia
Deutsche Bahn Intercity
Deutsche Bahn’s high-speed InterCity (IC) trains connect cities within Germany. They’re a popular way to travel as they’re faster than Deutsche Bahn’s regional trains and offer a frequent, fast service. All IC trains have first and second class carriages, power sockets and toilets, and most have a bistro cafe or restaurant. Tickets can be booked up to 180 days in advance of travel.